This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create tag

'wxPy_LAST_2_3_2'.

git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/tags/wxPy_LAST_2_3_2@13342 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775

.cvsignore

@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-system.list
-bin
-.gdb_history
-Test
-config.cache
-configarg.cache
-config.status
-system.list
-linux.system.cache
-wx-config
-config.log
-linux-gnu.system.cache
-*.dsp
-*.dsw
-*.plg
-*.opt
-*.aps
-*.ncb
-*.pro
-*.opt
-*.d
-*.swp
-*.swo
-Release
-Debug
-ReleaseDLL
-DebugDLL
-UnivRelease
-UnivDebug
-BaseRelease
-BaseDebug
-robert
-stamp-h.in
-Makefile
-configure
-setup.h
-stamp-h
-libtool
-aclocal.m4
-base
-gtk
-motif
-win32
-univ
-univ-debug
-univ-release
-base-debug
-gtk-debug
-motif-debug
-win32-debug
-base-release
-gtk-release
-motif-release
-win32-release
-*tags
-log
-univtags.cmd

BuildCVS.txt

@@ -1,255 +0,0 @@
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-                How to build the sources from CVS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Please use the install.txt files in docs/gtk, docs/msw, docs/motif, docs/mac
-etc. alongside these instructions.
-
-I) Windows using plain makefiles
-----------------------------------------
-
-a) If using Microsoft Visual C++ 5.0 or 6.0
-
-Ensure that the command-line compiler and tools (including
-nmake) are installed and ready to run.  Depending on your
-installation there may be a batch file (named something like
-VCVARS32.BAT) that needs to be run to set correct environment
-varaibles and PATH entries.
-
-Continue with item c) below.
-
-
-b) If using the GNU Mingw32 or GNU Cygwin32 compilers
-
-You can get Mingw32 from  http://www.mingw.org
-
-Cygwin32 is available at  http://www.cygwin.com
-
-The makefile might have small problems with Cygwin's tools
-so it is recommended to use Mingw32 and its toolchain instead
-if possible.
-
--> Set your path so that it includes the directory
-   where your compiler and tools reside
-
--> If your are using an old Mingw32 version (gcc-2.95 or older),
-   you might need to fix some headers with the patches contained
-   in the wxWin\Mingw32-gcc295.patches file. PLEASE APPLY THESE
-   PATCHES BY HAND! There are apparently a few different versions
-   of the headers floating around. Note that these patches are
-   not needed if you are using Mingw32 gcc-2.95.2 or newer.
-  
--> Edit wx/src/makeg95.env and set the MINGW32 variable at the top of
-   the file to either 1 (you have Mingw32) or 0 (you have Cygwin32).
-   If using MINGW32, also set the MINGW32VERSION variable
-   appropiately.
-
-
-c) Build instructions
-
--> Assumming that you installed the wxWindows sources
-   into c:\wxWin
--> Copy c:\wxWin\include\wx\msw\setup0.h
-   to   c:\wxWin\include\wx\msw\setup.h
--> Edit c:\wxWin\include\wx\msw\setup.h so that
-   most features are enabled (i.e. defined to 1), for example:
-   #define wxUSE_ODBC          0
-   #define wxUSE_SOCKETS       1
-   #define wxUSE_HTML          1
-   #define wxUSE_THREADS       1
-   #define wxUSE_FS_INET       0
-   #define wxUSE_FS_ZIP        1
-   #define wxUSE_BUSYINFO      1
-   #define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS  1
-   #define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM     1
-   #define wxUSE_LIBJPEG       1
-   #define wxUSE_LIBPNG        1
-
-   and std iostreams are disabled with
-   #define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM   0
- 
--> type: cd c:\wxWin\src\msw
--> type: make -f makefile.g95  (if using GNU tools)
-or type: nmake -f makefile.vc   (if using MS VC++)
-
-
-II) Unix ports
---------------
-
-Building wxGTK or wxMotif completely without configure
-won't ever work, but there is now a new makefile system
-that works without libtool and automake, using only
-configure to create what is needed.
-
-In order to create configure, you need to have the
-GNU autoconf package (version 2.13 or 2.14) installed
-on your system and type run "autoconf" in the base
-directory (or run the autogen.sh script in the same
-directory, which just calls autoconf).
-
-Set WXWIN environment variable to the base directory such
-as ~/wxWindows (this is actually not really needed).
-
--> type: export WXWIN=~/wxWindows
--> type: md mybuild
--> type: cd mybuild
--> type: ../configure --with-motif
-or type: ../configure --with-gtk
--> type: make
--> type: su <type root password>
--> type: make install
--> type: ldconfig
--> type: exit
-
-Call configure with --disable-shared to create a static
-library. Calling "make uninstall" will remove the installed
-library and "make dist" will create a distribution (not
-yet complete).
-
-III) Windows using configure
-----------------------------------------
-
-Take a look at Unix->Windows cross compiling. With minor
-modifications, this should work in Windows if you've got the cygnus
-utilities (bash, GNU make, etc) and either mingw32 or cygwin32 installed.
-See http://www.cygnus.com for these programs, or go straight to their
-ftp server at ftp://sourceware.cygnus.com/pub/cygwin/.
-
-Of course, you can also build the library using plain makefiles (see
-section I).
-
-IV) Classic MacOS using CodeWarrior (eg MacOS 8.x/9.x)
-----------------------------------------
-
-Refer to the readme.txt and install.txt files in docs/mac to build
-wxWindows under Classic Mac OS using CodeWarrior.
-
-If you are checking out the CVS sources using cvs under Mac OS X and
-compiling under Classic Mac OS:
-
-- make sure that all text files have a Mac OS type of 'TEXT' otherwise
-  CodeWarrior may ignore them. Checking out the CVS sources using cvs
-  under Mac OS X creates untyped files which can lead to compilation
-  errors under CodeWarrior which are hard to track down.
-
-- convert the xml files to CodeWarrior binary projects using the supplied
-  AppleScript in docs/mac (M5xml2mcp.applescript for CodeWarrior 5.3)
-
-V) MacOS X using configure and the Developer Tools
-----------------------------------------
-
-You need to have the Developer Tools installed. If this is not the case,
-you will need to register at the Apple Developer web site (this is a free
-registration) in order to download the Developer Tools installer.
-
-In order to create configure, you need to have the
-GNU autoconf package (version 2.13 or 2.14) installed
-on your system and type run "autoconf" in the base
-directory (or run the autogen.sh script in the same
-directory, which just calls autoconf).
-
--> type: mkdir macbuild
--> type: cd macbuild
--> type: ../configure --with-mac
-or type: ../configure
--> type: make
-
-VI) OS/2
-----------------------------------------
-
-VII) Unix->Windows cross-compiling using configure
---------------------------------------------------
-
-First you'll need a cross-compiler; linux glibc binaries of mingw32 and
-cygwin32 (both based on egcs) can be found at
-ftp://ftp.objsw.com/pub/crossgcc/linux-x-win32. Alternative binaries,
-based on the latest MinGW release can be found at
-http://members.telering.at/jessich/mingw/mingwcross/mingw_cross.html 
-Otherwise you can compile one yourself.
-
-[ A Note about cygwin32 and mingw32: the main difference is that cygwin32
-binaries are always linked against cygwin.dll. This dll encapsulates most
-standard Unix C extensions, which is very handy if you're porting unix
-software to windows. However, wxMSW doesn't need this, so mingw32 is
-preferable if you write portable C(++). ]
-
-You might want to build both Unix and Windows binaries in the same source
-tree; to do this make subdirs for each e.g. unix and win32. If you've
-already build wxWindows in the main dir, do a 'make distclean' there,
-otherwise configure will get confused. (In any case, read the section 'Unix
-using configure' and make sure you're able to build a native wxWindows
-library; cross-compiling errors can be pretty obscure and you'll want to be
-sure that your configure setup is basically sound.)
-
-To cross compile the windows library, do
--> cd win32
-(or whatever you called it)
-Now run configure. There are two ways to do this
--> ../configure --host=i586-mingw32 --build=i586-linux --with-mingw
-where --build= should read whatever platform you're building on. Configure
-will notice that build and host platforms differ, and automatically prepend
-i586-mingw32- to gcc, ar, ld, etc (make sure they're in the PATH!).
-The other way to run configure is by specifying the names of the binaries
-yourself:
--> CC=i586-mingw32-gcc CXX=i586-mingw32-g++ RANLIB=i586-mingw32-ranlib \
-   DLLTOOL=i586-mingw32-dlltool LD=i586-mingw32-ld NM=i586-mingw32-nm \
-   ../configure --host=i586-mingw32 --with-mingw
-
-(all assuming you're using mingw32)
-By default this will compile a DLL, if you want a static library,
-specify --disable-shared.
-
-Type
--> make
-and wait, wait, wait. Don't leave the room, because the minute you do there
-will be a compile error :-)
-
-NB: if you are using a very old compiler you risk to get quite a few warnings
-    about "ANSI C++ forbids implicit conversion from 'void *'" in all places
-    where va_arg macro is used. This is due to a bug in (some versions of)
-    mingw32 headers which may be corrected by upgrading your compier,
-    otherwise you might edit the file
-
-    ${install_prefix}/lib/gcc-lib/i586-mingw32/egcs-2.91.57/include/stdarg.h
-
-    (instead of egcs-2.91.57 you may have something different), searching for
-    the lines
-
-/* Define __gnuc_va_list.  */
-
-#ifndef __GNUC_VA_LIST
-#define __GNUC_VA_LIST
-#if defined(__svr4__) || defined(_AIX) || defined(_M_UNIX) || defined(__NetBSD__)
-typedef char *__gnuc_va_list;
-#else
-typedef void *__gnuc_va_list;
-#endif
-#endif
-
-    and adding "|| defined(_WIN32)" to the list of platforms on which
-    __gnuc_va_list is char *.
-
-If this is successful, you end up with a wx23_2.dll/libwx23_2.a in win32/lib
-( or just libwx_msw.a if you opted for a static build ).
-Now try building the minimal sample:
-
--> cd samples/minimal
--> make
-
-and run it with wine, for example (or copy to a Windows box)
--> wine minimal.exe
-
-If all is well, do an install; from win32
--> make install
-
-Native and cross-compiled installations can co-exist peacefully
-(as long as their widget sets differ), except for wx-config. You might
-want to rename the cross-compiled one to i586-mingw32-wx-config, or something.
-
-Cross-compiling TODO:
----------------------
-- resource compiling must be done manually for now (should/can we link the
-default wx resources into libwx_msw.a?) [ No we can't; the linker won't
-link it in... you have to supply an object file ]
-- static executables are HUGE -- there must be room for improvement.
-

Mingw32-gcc295.patches

@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-*** \gcc-inc\basetyps.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:36 1999
---- basetyps.h Fri Aug 06 11:14:36 1999
-***************
-*** 74,91 ****
---- 74,97 ----
-   STDMETHOD(Clone)(IENUM_THIS_(I) I**) PURE; \
-  }
-  #define DECLARE_ENUMERATOR(T) DECLARE_ENUMERATOR_(IEnum##T,T)
-
-+ #ifndef GUID_DEFINED
-+ #define GUID_DEFINED
-  typedef struct _GUID
-  {
-      unsigned long Data1;
-      unsigned short Data2;
-      unsigned short Data3;
-      unsigned char Data4[8];
-  } GUID;
-+ #endif /* GUID_DEFINED */
-  typedef GUID *REFGUID;
-  typedef GUID *LPGUID;
-+ #ifndef UUID_DEFINED
-+ #define UUID_DEFINED
-  typedef GUID UUID;
-+ #endif /* UUID_DEFINED */
-  typedef GUID IID;
-  typedef GUID CLSID;
-  typedef CLSID *LPCLSID;
-  typedef IID *LPIID;
-
-
-*** \gcc-inc\oaidl.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:42 1999
---- oaidl.h Fri Aug 06 13:18:48 1999
-***************
-*** 39,44 ****
---- 39,53 ----
-  #define IMPLTYPEFLAG_FRESTRICTED 4
-  #define IMPLTYPEFLAG_FDEFAULTVTABLE 8
-
-+ #define DISPID_UNKNOWN ( -1 )
-+ #define DISPID_VALUE ( 0 )
-+ #define DISPID_PROPERTYPUT ( -3 )
-+ #define DISPID_NEWENUM ( -4 )
-+ #define DISPID_EVALUATE ( -5 )
-+ #define DISPID_CONSTRUCTOR ( -6 )
-+ #define DISPID_DESTRUCTOR ( -7 )
-+ #define DISPID_COLLECT ( -8 )
-+
-  typedef interface ITypeLib *LPTYPELIB;
-  typedef interface ICreateTypeInfo *LPCREATETYPEINFO;
-  typedef interface ICreateTypeInfo2 *LPCREATETYPEINFO2;
-***************
-*** 49,54 ****
---- 58,73 ----
-  typedef interface IDispatch *LPDISPATCH;
-  typedef interface ICreateErrorInfo *LPCREATEERRORINFO;
-
-+ extern "C" const IID IID_ITypeLib;
-+ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeInfo;
-+ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeInfo2;
-+ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeLib;
-+ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeLib2;
-+ extern "C" const IID IID_ITypeInfo;
-+ extern "C" const IID IID_IErrorInfo;
-+ extern "C" const IID IID_IDispatch;
-+ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateErrorInfo;
-+
-  typedef enum tagSYSKIND {
-   SYS_WIN16,SYS_WIN32,SYS_MAC
-  } SYSKIND;
-***************
-*** 375,382 ****
-   STDMETHOD_(ULONG,Release)(THIS) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfoCount)(THIS_ UINT*) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfo)(THIS_ UINT,LCID,LPTYPEINFO*) PURE;
-!  STDMETHOD(GetIDsOfNames)(THIS_ REFIID,LPOLESTR*,UINT,LCID,DISPID)
-PURE;
-!  STDMETHOD(Invoked)(THIS_ DISPID,REFIID,LCID,WORD,DISPPARAMS*,VARIANT*,EXCEPINFO*,UINT*) PURE;
-  };
-
-  #ifdef __cplusplus
---- 394,401 ----
-   STDMETHOD_(ULONG,Release)(THIS) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfoCount)(THIS_ UINT*) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfo)(THIS_ UINT,LCID,LPTYPEINFO*) PURE;
-!  STDMETHOD(GetIDsOfNames)(THIS_ REFIID,LPOLESTR*,UINT,LCID,DISPID*)
-PURE;
-!  STDMETHOD(Invoke)(THIS_ DISPID,REFIID,LCID,WORD,DISPPARAMS*,VARIANT*,EXCEPINFO*,UINT*) PURE;
-  };
-
-  #ifdef __cplusplus
-
-
-*** \gcc-inc\objidl.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:42 1999
---- objidl.h Fri Aug 06 11:00:19 1999
-***************
-*** 627,633 ****
-   STDMETHOD(QueryGetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(GetCanonicalFormatEtc)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,FORMATETC*) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(SetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,STGMEDIUM*,BOOL) PURE;
-!  STDMETHOD(EnumFormatEtc)(THIS_ DWORD,IEnumFORMATETC*) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(DAdvise)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,DWORD,IAdviseSink*,PDWORD) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(DUnadvise)(THIS_ DWORD) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(EnumDAdvise)(THIS_ IEnumSTATDATA**);
---- 627,633 ----
-   STDMETHOD(QueryGetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(GetCanonicalFormatEtc)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,FORMATETC*) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(SetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,STGMEDIUM*,BOOL) PURE;
-!  STDMETHOD(EnumFormatEtc)(THIS_ DWORD,IEnumFORMATETC**) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(DAdvise)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,DWORD,IAdviseSink*,PDWORD) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(DUnadvise)(THIS_ DWORD) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(EnumDAdvise)(THIS_ IEnumSTATDATA**);
-
-
---- i386-mingw32\include\stdio.h  Sun Aug  1 06:18:20 1999
-+++ stdio.h     Sun Nov  7 03:41:40 1999
-@@ -203,9 +203,12 @@
- int    fprintf (FILE* filePrintTo, const char* szFormat, ...);
- int    printf (const char* szFormat, ...);
- int    sprintf (char* caBuffer, const char* szFormat, ...);
-+int     _snprintf (char* caBuffer, size_t n, const char* szFormat, ...);
- int    vfprintf (FILE* filePrintTo, const char* szFormat, va_list varg);
- int    vprintf (const char* szFormat, va_list varg);
- int    vsprintf (char* caBuffer, const char* szFormat, va_list varg);
-+int     _vsnprintf (char* caBuffer, size_t n, const char* szFormat,
-+                    va_list varg);
-
- /* Wide character versions */
- int    fwprintf (FILE* filePrintTo, const wchar_t* wsFormat, ...);
-
-
-
---- i386-mingw32\include\winbase.h  Sat Jul 31 17:48:48 1999
-+++ winbase.h   Fri Feb 25 01:49:08 2000
-@@ -989,7 +989,7 @@
- BOOL WINAPI CopyFileExW(LPCWSTR,LPCWSTR,LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE,LPVOID,LPBOOL,DWORD);
- #define RtlMoveMemory memmove
- #define RtlCopyMemory memcpy
--#define RtlFillMemory memset
-+#define RtlFillMemory(d,l,f) memset ((d),(f),(l))
- #define RtlZeroMemory(d,l) memset((d),0,(l))
- #define MoveMemory RtlMoveMemory
- #define CopyMemory RtlCopyMemory
-
---- i386-mingw32\include\winsock.h Sat Jul 31 17:48:50 1999
-+++ winsock.h   Mon Mar 20 13:47:12 2000
-@@ -13,6 +13,10 @@
- #define _GNU_H_WINDOWS32_SOCKETS
- #include <windows.h>
-
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+extern "C" {
-+#endif
-+
- #ifndef _SYS_TYPES_H
- typedef unsigned char  u_char;
- typedef unsigned short u_short;
-@@ -495,4 +499,9 @@
- typedef struct timeval TIMEVAL;
- typedef struct timeval *PTIMEVAL;
- typedef struct timeval *LPTIMEVAL;
-+
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+}
- #endif
-+#endif
-+
-
-

aclocal.m4

@@ -1,397 +0,0 @@
-dnl aclocal.m4 generated automatically by aclocal 1.4
-
-dnl Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
-dnl even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-dnl PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-dnl AM_PATH_GTK([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND [, MODULES]]]])
-dnl Test for GTK, and define GTK_CFLAGS and GTK_LIBS
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_GTK,
-[dnl 
-dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the gtk-config script
-dnl
-AC_ARG_WITH(gtk-prefix,[  --with-gtk-prefix=PFX   Prefix where GTK is installed (optional)],
-            gtk_config_prefix="$withval", gtk_config_prefix="")
-AC_ARG_WITH(gtk-exec-prefix,[  --with-gtk-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where GTK is installed (optional)],
-            gtk_config_exec_prefix="$withval", gtk_config_exec_prefix="")
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(gtktest, [  --disable-gtktest       Do not try to compile and run a test GTK program],
-		    , enable_gtktest=yes)
-
-  for module in . $4
-  do
-      case "$module" in
-         gthread) 
-             gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args gthread"
-         ;;
-      esac
-  done
-
-  if test x$gtk_config_exec_prefix != x ; then
-     gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args --exec-prefix=$gtk_config_exec_prefix"
-     if test x${GTK_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
-        GTK_CONFIG=$gtk_config_exec_prefix/bin/gtk-config
-     fi
-  fi
-  if test x$gtk_config_prefix != x ; then
-     gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args --prefix=$gtk_config_prefix"
-     if test x${GTK_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
-        GTK_CONFIG=$gtk_config_prefix/bin/gtk-config
-     fi
-  fi
-
-  AC_PATH_PROG(GTK_CONFIG, gtk-config, no)
-  min_gtk_version=ifelse([$1], ,0.99.7,$1)
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GTK - version >= $min_gtk_version)
-  no_gtk=""
-  if test "$GTK_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
-    no_gtk=yes
-  else
-    GTK_CFLAGS=`$GTK_CONFIG $gtk_config_args --cflags`
-    GTK_LIBS=`$GTK_CONFIG $gtk_config_args --libs`
-    gtk_config_major_version=`$GTK_CONFIG $gtk_config_args --version | \
-           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
-    gtk_config_minor_version=`$GTK_CONFIG $gtk_config_args --version | \
-           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
-    gtk_config_micro_version=`$GTK_CONFIG $gtk_config_args --version | \
-           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
-    if test "x$enable_gtktest" = "xyes" ; then
-      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
-      LIBS="$GTK_LIBS $LIBS"
-dnl
-dnl Now check if the installed GTK is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
-dnl checks the results of gtk-config to some extent
-dnl
-      rm -f conf.gtktest
-      AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-int 
-main ()
-{
-  int major, minor, micro;
-  char *tmp_version;
-
-  system ("touch conf.gtktest");
-
-  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
-  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_gtk_version");
-  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
-     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_gtk_version");
-     exit(1);
-   }
-
-  if ((gtk_major_version != $gtk_config_major_version) ||
-      (gtk_minor_version != $gtk_config_minor_version) ||
-      (gtk_micro_version != $gtk_config_micro_version))
-    {
-      printf("\n*** 'gtk-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but GTK+ (%d.%d.%d)\n", 
-             $gtk_config_major_version, $gtk_config_minor_version, $gtk_config_micro_version,
-             gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
-      printf ("*** was found! If gtk-config was correct, then it is best\n");
-      printf ("*** to remove the old version of GTK+. You may also be able to fix the error\n");
-      printf("*** by modifying your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or by editing\n");
-      printf("*** /etc/ld.so.conf. Make sure you have run ldconfig if that is\n");
-      printf("*** required on your system.\n");
-      printf("*** If gtk-config was wrong, set the environment variable GTK_CONFIG\n");
-      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of gtk-config, and remove the file config.cache\n");
-      printf("*** before re-running configure\n");
-    } 
-#if defined (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) && defined (GTK_MINOR_VERSION) && defined (GTK_MICRO_VERSION)
-  else if ((gtk_major_version != GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) ||
-	   (gtk_minor_version != GTK_MINOR_VERSION) ||
-           (gtk_micro_version != GTK_MICRO_VERSION))
-    {
-      printf("*** GTK+ header files (version %d.%d.%d) do not match\n",
-	     GTK_MAJOR_VERSION, GTK_MINOR_VERSION, GTK_MICRO_VERSION);
-      printf("*** library (version %d.%d.%d)\n",
-	     gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
-    }
-#endif /* defined (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) ... */
-  else
-    {
-      if ((gtk_major_version > major) ||
-        ((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version > minor)) ||
-        ((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version == minor) && (gtk_micro_version >= micro)))
-      {
-        return 0;
-       }
-     else
-      {
-        printf("\n*** An old version of GTK+ (%d.%d.%d) was found.\n",
-               gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
-        printf("*** You need a version of GTK+ newer than %d.%d.%d. The latest version of\n",
-	       major, minor, micro);
-        printf("*** GTK+ is always available from ftp://ftp.gtk.org.\n");
-        printf("***\n");
-        printf("*** If you have already installed a sufficiently new version, this error\n");
-        printf("*** probably means that the wrong copy of the gtk-config shell script is\n");
-        printf("*** being found. The easiest way to fix this is to remove the old version\n");
-        printf("*** of GTK+, but you can also set the GTK_CONFIG environment to point to the\n");
-        printf("*** correct copy of gtk-config. (In this case, you will have to\n");
-        printf("*** modify your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf\n");
-        printf("*** so that the correct libraries are found at run-time))\n");
-      }
-    }
-  return 1;
-}
-],, no_gtk=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
-       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
-       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
-     fi
-  fi
-  if test "x$no_gtk" = x ; then
-     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])     
-  else
-     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-     if test "$GTK_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
-       echo "*** The gtk-config script installed by GTK could not be found"
-       echo "*** If GTK was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
-       echo "*** your path, or set the GTK_CONFIG environment variable to the"
-       echo "*** full path to gtk-config."
-     else
-       if test -f conf.gtktest ; then
-        :
-       else
-          echo "*** Could not run GTK test program, checking why..."
-          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
-          LIBS="$LIBS $GTK_LIBS"
-          AC_TRY_LINK([
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-],      [ return ((gtk_major_version) || (gtk_minor_version) || (gtk_micro_version)); ],
-        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
-          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding GTK or finding the wrong"
-          echo "*** version of GTK. If it is not finding GTK, you'll need to set your"
-          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
-          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
-          echo "*** is required on your system"
-	  echo "***"
-          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
-          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
-          echo "***"
-          echo "*** If you have a RedHat 5.0 system, you should remove the GTK package that"
-          echo "*** came with the system with the command"
-          echo "***"
-          echo "***    rpm --erase --nodeps gtk gtk-devel" ],
-        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
-          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means GTK was incorrectly installed"
-          echo "*** or that you have moved GTK since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
-          echo "*** may want to edit the gtk-config script: $GTK_CONFIG" ])
-          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
-          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
-       fi
-     fi
-     GTK_CFLAGS=""
-     GTK_LIBS=""
-     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST(GTK_CFLAGS)
-  AC_SUBST(GTK_LIBS)
-  rm -f conf.gtktest
-])
-
-dnl AM_PATH_GTK_2_0([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND [, MODULES]]]])
-dnl Test for GTK, and define GTK_CFLAGS and GTK_LIBS
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_GTK_2_0,
-[dnl
-dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the gtk-config-2.0 script
-dnl
-AC_ARG_WITH(gtk-prefix,[  --with-gtk-prefix=PFX   Prefix where GTK is installed (optional)],
-            gtk_config_prefix="$withval", gtk_config_prefix="")
-AC_ARG_WITH(gtk-exec-prefix,[  --with-gtk-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where GTK is installed (optional)],
-            gtk_config_exec_prefix="$withval", gtk_config_exec_prefix="")
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(gtktest, [  --disable-gtktest       Do not try to compile and run a test GTK program],
-                    , enable_gtktest=yes)
-
-  for module in . $4
-  do
-      case "$module" in
-         gthread)
-             gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args gthread"
-         ;;
-      esac
-  done
-
-  if test x$gtk_config_exec_prefix != x ; then
-     gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args --exec-prefix=$gtk_config_exec_prefix"
-     if test x${GTK_CONFIG_2_0+set} != xset ; then
-        GTK_CONFIG_2_0=$gtk_config_exec_prefix/bin/gtk-config-2.0
-     fi
-  fi
-  if test x$gtk_config_prefix != x ; then
-     gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args --prefix=$gtk_config_prefix"
-     if test x${GTK_CONFIG_2_0+set} != xset ; then
-        GTK_CONFIG_2_0=$gtk_config_prefix/bin/gtk-config-2.0
-     fi
-  fi
-
-  AC_PATH_PROG(GTK_CONFIG_2_0, gtk-config-2.0, no)
-  min_gtk_version=ifelse([$1], ,1.3.1,$1)
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GTK - version >= $min_gtk_version)
-  no_gtk=""
-  if test "$GTK_CONFIG_2_0" = "no" ; then
-    no_gtk=yes
-  else
-    GTK_CFLAGS=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --cflags`
-    GTK_LIBS=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --libs`
-    gtk_config_major_version=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --version | \
-           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
-    gtk_config_minor_version=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --version | \
-           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
-    gtk_config_micro_version=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --version | \
-           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
-    if test "x$enable_gtktest" = "xyes" ; then
-      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
-      LIBS="$GTK_LIBS $LIBS"
-dnl
-dnl Now check if the installed GTK is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
-dnl checks the results of gtk-config-2.0 to some extent
-dnl
-      rm -f conf.gtktest
-      AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-  int major, minor, micro;
-  char *tmp_version;
-
-  system ("touch conf.gtktest");
-
-  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
-  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_gtk_version");
-  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
-     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_gtk_version");
-     exit(1);
-   }
-
-  if ((gtk_major_version != $gtk_config_major_version) ||
-      (gtk_minor_version != $gtk_config_minor_version) ||
-      (gtk_micro_version != $gtk_config_micro_version))
-    {
-      printf("\n*** 'gtk-config-2.0 --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but GTK+ (%d.%d.%d)\n",
-             $gtk_config_major_version, $gtk_config_minor_version, $gtk_config_micro_version,
-             gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
-      printf ("*** was found! If gtk-config-2.0 was correct, then it is best\n");
-      printf ("*** to remove the old version of GTK+. You may also be able to fix the error\n");
-      printf("*** by modifying your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or by editing\n");
-      printf("*** /etc/ld.so.conf. Make sure you have run ldconfig if that is\n");
-      printf("*** required on your system.\n");
-      printf("*** If gtk-config-2.0 was wrong, set the environment variable GTK_CONFIG_2_0\n");
-      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of gtk-config-2.0, and remove the file config.cache\n");
-      printf("*** before re-running configure\n");
-    }
-#if defined (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) && defined (GTK_MINOR_VERSION) && defined (GTK_MICRO_VERSION)
-  else if ((gtk_major_version != GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) ||
-           (gtk_minor_version != GTK_MINOR_VERSION) ||
-           (gtk_micro_version != GTK_MICRO_VERSION))
-    {
-      printf("*** GTK+ header files (version %d.%d.%d) do not match\n",
-             GTK_MAJOR_VERSION, GTK_MINOR_VERSION, GTK_MICRO_VERSION);
-      printf("*** library (version %d.%d.%d)\n",
-             gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
-    }
-#endif /* defined (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) ... */
-  else
-    {
-      if ((gtk_major_version > major) ||
-        ((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version > minor)) ||
-        ((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version == minor) && (gtk_micro_version >= micro)))
-      {
-        return 0;
-       }
-     else
-      {
-        printf("\n*** An old version of GTK+ (%d.%d.%d) was found.\n",
-               gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
-        printf("*** You need a version of GTK+ newer than %d.%d.%d. The latest version of\n",
-               major, minor, micro);
-        printf("*** GTK+ is always available from ftp://ftp.gtk.org.\n");
-        printf("***\n");
-        printf("*** If you have already installed a sufficiently new version, this error\n");
-        printf("*** probably means that the wrong copy of the gtk-config-2.0 shell script is\n");
-        printf("*** being found. The easiest way to fix this is to remove the old version\n");
-        printf("*** of GTK+, but you can also set the GTK_CONFIG_2_0 environment to point to the\n");
-        printf("*** correct copy of gtk-config-2.0. (In this case, you will have to\n");
-        printf("*** modify your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf\n");
-        printf("*** so that the correct libraries are found at run-time))\n");
-      }
-    }
-  return 1;
-}
-],, no_gtk=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
-       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
-       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
-     fi
-  fi
-  if test "x$no_gtk" = x ; then
-     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes (version $gtk_config_major_version.$gtk_config_minor_version.$gtk_config_micro_version))
-     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
-  else
-     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-     if test "$GTK_CONFIG_2_0" = "no" ; then
-       echo "*** The gtk-config-2.0 script installed by GTK could not be found"
-       echo "*** If GTK was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
-       echo "*** your path, or set the GTK_CONFIG_2_0 environment variable to the"
-       echo "*** full path to gtk-config-2.0."
-     else
-       if test -f conf.gtktest ; then
-        :
-       else
-          echo "*** Could not run GTK test program, checking why..."
-          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
-          LIBS="$LIBS $GTK_LIBS"
-          AC_TRY_LINK([
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-],      [ return ((gtk_major_version) || (gtk_minor_version) || (gtk_micro_version)); ],
-        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
-          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding GTK or finding the wrong"
-          echo "*** version of GTK. If it is not finding GTK, you'll need to set your"
-          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
-          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
-          echo "*** is required on your system"
-          echo "***"
-          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
-          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
-          echo "***"
-          echo "*** If you have a RedHat 5.0 system, you should remove the GTK package that"
-          echo "*** came with the system with the command"
-          echo "***"
-          echo "***    rpm --erase --nodeps gtk gtk-devel" ],
-        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
-          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means GTK was incorrectly installed"
-          echo "*** or that you have moved GTK since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
-          echo "*** may want to edit the gtk-config-2.0 script: $GTK_CONFIG_2_0" ])
-          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
-          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
-       fi
-     fi
-     GTK_CFLAGS=""
-     GTK_LIBS=""
-     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST(GTK_CFLAGS)
-  AC_SUBST(GTK_LIBS)
-  rm -f conf.gtktest
-])
-
-

autogen.sh

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-autoconf

contrib/Makefile.in

@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-#
-# Makefile : Builds wxWindows utils for Unix.
-#
-
-all:
-	cd src; $(MAKE)
-
-clean:
-	cd src; $(MAKE) clean
-	cd samples; $(MAKE) clean
-	cd utils; $(MAKE) clean
-    
-
-samples:
-	cd samples; $(MAKE)

contrib/configure.in

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
-AC_REVISION($Id$)dnl
-
-AC_INIT(Makefile.in)
-
-dnl ---------------
-dnl MMedia specific
-dnl ---------------
-
-dnl Check for ESD
-
-ESD_LINK=
-AC_CHECK_HEADER(esd.h, [
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(esd, esd_close, [
-    ESD_LINK="-lesd"
-  ])
-])
-
-if test "$ESD_LINK" != "" ; then
-  echo "ESound detected"
-fi
-
-dnl -----------
-dnl Final subst
-
-PATH_IFS=$wx_cv_path_ifs
-WX_TARGET_LIBRARY=$wx_cv_target_library
-WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE=$wx_cv_target_libtype
-
-AC_SUBST(PATH_IFS)
-AC_SUBST(ESD_LINK)
-AC_SUBST(WX_TARGET_LIBRARY)
-AC_SUBST(WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE)
-
-dnl -----------
-dnl File output
-
-
-AC_OUTPUT([
-            src/Makefile
-            src/ogl/Makefile
-            src/mmedia/Makefile
-            src/stc/Makefile
-            src/xrc/Makefile
-            src/canvas/Makefile
-            src/gizmos/Makefile
-            src/plot/Makefile
-            src/applet/Makefile
-            src/fl/Makefile
-            src/net/Makefile
-            samples/Makefile
-            samples/mmedia/Makefile
-            samples/ogl/Makefile
-            samples/ogl/ogledit/Makefile
-            samples/ogl/studio/Makefile
-            samples/stc/Makefile
-            samples/canvas/Makefile
-            samples/canvas/test/Makefile
-            samples/canvas/simple/Makefile
-            samples/gizmos/Makefile
-            samples/gizmos/multicell/Makefile
-            samples/gizmos/splittree/Makefile
-            samples/gizmos/editlbox/Makefile
-            samples/gizmos/dynsash/Makefile
-            samples/gizmos/dynsash_switch/Makefile
-            samples/xrc/Makefile
-            samples/plot/Makefile
-            samples/applet/Makefile
-            samples/fl/Makefile
-            samples/fl/fl_demo1/Makefile
-            samples/fl/fl_demo2/Makefile
-            samples/fl/fl_sample1/Makefile
-            samples/fl/fl_sample2/Makefile
-            samples/fl/fl_sample3/Makefile
-            utils/Makefile
-            utils/wxrc/Makefile
-            utils/wxrcedit/Makefile
-            utils/convertrc/Makefile
-         ])

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/bugs.tex

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Bugs}\label{bugs}%
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-
-These are the known bugs.
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item No bugs
-\end{itemize}

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/cdaudio.tex

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:12
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxCDAudio}}\label{wxcdaudio}
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-wxObject
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-{\small
-\begin{verbatim}
-typedef struct wxCDtime {
-  wxUint8 track
-};
-\end{verbatim}
-}
-{\small \begin{verbatim}
-typedef enum { PLAYING, PAUSED, STOPPED } CDstatus
-\end{verbatim}}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/cdaudlnx.tex

@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdunix.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:10
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxCDAudioLinux}}\label{wxcdaudiolinux}
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxCDAudio}{wxcdaudio}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::wxCDAudioLinux}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxwxcdaudiolinux}
-
-\func{}{wxCDAudioLinux}{\void}
-
-\func{}{wxCDAudioLinux}{\param{const char* }{dev\_name}}
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::\destruct{wxCDAudioLinux}}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxCDAudioLinux}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Play}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxplay}
-
-\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_time}, \param{const wxCDtime\& }{end\_time}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Pause}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxpause}
-
-\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Resume}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxresume}
-
-\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::GetStatus}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxgetstatus}
-
-\func{CDstatus}{GetStatus}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::GetTime}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxgettime}
-
-\func{wxCDtime}{GetTime}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::GetToc}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxgettoc}
-
-\func{CDtoc\&}{GetToc}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Ok}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxok}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::OpenDevice}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxopendevice}
-
-\func{void}{OpenDevice}{\param{const char* }{dev\_name}}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/cdaudwin.tex

@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdwin.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:15
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxCDAudioWin}}\label{wxcdaudiowin}
-
-
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxCDAudio}{wxcdaudio}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-{\small
-\begin{verbatim}
-typedef struct CDAW\_Internal {
-  MCIDEVICEID dev\_id
-};
-\end{verbatim}
-}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::wxCDAudioWin}\label{wxcdaudiowinwxcdaudiowin}
-
-\func{}{wxCDAudioWin}{\void}
-
-\func{}{wxCDAudioWin}{\param{const char* }{dev\_name}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::\destruct{wxCDAudioWin}}\label{wxcdaudiowindtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxCDAudioWin}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Play}\label{wxcdaudiowinplay}
-
-\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_time}, \param{const wxCDtime\& }{end\_time}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Pause}\label{wxcdaudiowinpause}
-
-\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Resume}\label{wxcdaudiowinresume}
-
-\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::GetStatus}\label{wxcdaudiowingetstatus}
-
-\func{CDstatus}{GetStatus}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::GetTime}\label{wxcdaudiowingettime}
-
-\func{wxCDtime}{GetTime}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::GetToc}\label{wxcdaudiowingettoc}
-
-\func{const CDtoc\&}{GetToc}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Ok}\label{wxcdaudiowinok}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::PrepareToc}\label{wxcdaudiowinpreparetoc}
-
-\func{void}{PrepareToc}{\void}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/cdtoc.tex

@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:12
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{CDtoc}}\label{cdtoc}
-
-
-Table of contents manager
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-No base class
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{CDtoc::CDtoc}\label{cdtoccdtoc}
-
-\func{}{CDtoc}{\param{wxCDtime\& }{tot\_tm}, \param{wxCDtime* }{trks\_tm}, \param{wxCDtime* }{trks\_pos}}
-
-
-\membersection{CDtoc::GetTrackTime}\label{cdtocgettracktime}
-
-\constfunc{wxCDtime}{GetTrackTime}{\param{wxUint8 }{track}}
-
-Returns the length of the specified track
-track: track to get length
-
-
-\membersection{CDtoc::GetTrackPos}\label{cdtocgettrackpos}
-
-\constfunc{wxCDtime}{GetTrackPos}{\param{wxUint8 }{track}}
-
-Returns the position of the specified track
-track: track to get position
-
-
-\membersection{CDtoc::GetTotalTime}\label{cdtocgettotaltime}
-
-\constfunc{wxCDtime}{GetTotalTime}{\void}
-
-Returns the total time
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudio::wxCDAudio}\label{wxcdaudiowxcdaudio}
-
-\func{}{wxCDAudio}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudio::\destruct{wxCDAudio}}\label{wxcdaudiodtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxCDAudio}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudio::Play}\label{wxcdaudioplay}
-
-\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_play}, \param{const wxCDtime\& }{end\_play}}
-
-Play audio at the specified position
-
-\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_play}}
-
-Play audio from the specified to the end of the CD audio
-
-\func{bool}{Play}{\param{wxUint8 }{beg\_track}, \param{wxUint8 }{end\_track = 0}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudio::Pause}\label{wxcdaudiopause}
-
-\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
-
-Pause the audio playing
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudio::Resume}\label{wxcdaudioresume}
-
-\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
-
-Resume a paused audio playing
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudio::GetStatus}\label{wxcdaudiogetstatus}
-
-\func{CDstatus}{GetStatus}{\void}
-
-Get the current CD status
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudio::GetTime}\label{wxcdaudiogettime}
-
-\func{wxCDtime}{GetTime}{\void}
-
-Get the current playing time
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudio::GetToc}\label{wxcdaudiogettoc}
-
-\func{const CDtoc\&}{GetToc}{\void}
-
-Returns the table of contents
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudio::Ok}\label{wxcdaudiook}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
-
-CD ok
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/changes.tex

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Change log}
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/classes.tex

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Class reference}\label{classref}
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-
-These are the main Mmedia classes.
-
-\input cdaudio.tex
-\input cdaudlnx.tex
-\input cdaudwin.tex
-\input cdtoc.tex
-\input sndbase.tex
-\input sndfile.tex
-\input sndfrmt.tex

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/intro.tex

@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Introduction}
-\pagenumbering{arabic}%
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-
-The MMedia wxWindows extension is a wxWindows library which provides you
-a full set of multimedia classes including sound recording/playing,
-cd audio playing and video playing. The API is portable and can be used
-on any supported systems with the insurance the behaviour will be the
-same.
-
-\section{File structure}
-
-These are the files that comprise the mmedia library.
-
-\begin{description}\itemsep=0pt
-\item[sndbase.h] Header for wxSoundStream base class and wxSoundFormat base class.
-\item[sndbase.cpp] Basic objects implementation.
-\item[sndfile.h] wxSoundFileStream base class header.
-\item[sndfile.cpp] wxSoundFileStream base class implementation.
-\item[sndpcm.h] wxSoundFormatPcm class header.
-\item[sndpcm.cpp] wxSoundFormatPcm class implementation.
-\item[sndcpcm.h] wxSoundCodecPcm class header (PCM converter).
-\item[sndcpcm.cpp] wxSoundCodecPcm class implementation (PCM converter).
-\item[sndulaw.h]
-\item[sndulaw.cpp]
-\item[sndg72x.h]
-\item[sndg72x.cpp]
-\item[sndoss.h]
-\item[sndoss.cpp]
-\item[sndesd.h]
-\item[sndesd.cpp]
-\item[sndwin.h]
-\item[sndwin.cpp]
-\item[cdbase.h]
-\item[cdbase.cpp]
-\item[cdunix.h]
-\item[cdunix.cpp]
-\item[cdwin.h]
-\item[cdwin.cpp]
-\item[vidbase.h]
-\item[vidbase.cpp]
-\item[vidxanm.h]
-\item[vidxanm.cpp]
-\item[vidwin.h]
-\item[vidwin.cpp]
-\end{description}

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/mmedia.tex

@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-\documentstyle[a4,makeidx,verbatim,texhelp,fancyheadings]{report}
-\definecolour{black}{0}{0}{0}%
-\definecolour{cyan}{0}{255}{255}%
-\definecolour{green}{0}{255}{0}%
-\definecolour{magenta}{255}{0}{255}%
-\definecolour{red}{255}{0}{0}%
-\definecolour{blue}{0}{0}{200}%
-\definecolour{yellow}{255}{255}{0}%
-\definecolour{white}{255}{255}{255}%
-\input psbox.tex
-\parindent 0pt
-\parskip 11pt
-\title{MMedia for wxWindows}
-\author{Guilhem Lavaux}
-\date{March 2000}
-
-\makeindex
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
-
-\pagestyle{fancyplain}
-\bibliographystyle{plain}
-\pagenumbering{roman}
-\setheader{{\it CONTENTS}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CONTENTS}}
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-\tableofcontents%
-
-\input{intro.tex}
-%
-\input{sample.tex}
-%
-\input{classes.tex}
-%
-\input{topics.tex}
-%
-\input{bugs.tex}
-%
-\input{changes.tex}
-
-%
-\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index}
-\setheader{{\it INDEX}}{}{}{}{}{{\it INDEX}}
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
-\printindex
-\end{document}

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/psbox.tex

@@ -1,520 +0,0 @@
-%
-%              %%%%%%%    %%%%%        %%%%%%    %%%%%   %     %
-%              %      %  %             %     %  %     %   %   %
-%              %      %  %             %     %  %     %    % %
-%              %%%%%%%    %%%%%        %%%%%%   %     %     %
-%              %               %       %     %  %     %    % %
-%              %               %       %     %  %     %   %   %
-%              %         %%%%%%        %%%%%%    %%%%%   %     %
-%
-%              By Jean Orloff
-%              Comments & suggestions by e-mail: ORLOFF@surya11.cern.ch
-%              No modification of this file allowed if not e-sent to me.
-%
-% A simple way to measure the size of encapsulated postscript figures
-%   from inside TeX, and to use it for automatically formatting texts
-%   with inserted figures. Works both under Plain TeX-based macros
-%   (Phyzzx, Harvmac, Psizzl, ...) and LaTeX environment.
-% Provides exactly the same result on any PostScript printer provided
-%   the single instruction \psfor... is changed to fit the needs of the
-%   particular dvi->ps translator used.
-% History:
-%   1.31: adds \psforDVIALW(?)
-%   1.30: adds \splitfile & \joinfiles for multi-file management
-%   1.24: fix error handling & add \psonlyboxes
-%   1.23: adds \putsp@ce for OzTeX fix
-%   1.22: makes \drawingBox \global for use in Phyzzx
-%   1.21: accepts %%BoundingBox: (atend)
-%   1.20: tries to add \psfordvitps for the TeXPS package.
-%   1.10: adds \psforoztex, error handling...
-%2345678 1 2345678 2 2345678 3 2345678 4 2345678 5 2345678 6 2345678 7 23456789
-%
-\def\temp{1.31}
-\let\tempp=\relax
-\expandafter\ifx\csname psboxversion\endcsname\relax
-  \message{version: \temp}
-\else
-    \ifdim\temp cm>\psboxversion cm
-      \message{version: \temp}
-    \else
-      \message{psbox(\psboxversion) is already loaded: I won't load
-        psbox(\temp)!}
-      \let\temp=\psboxversion
-      \let\tempp=\endinput
-    \fi
-\fi
-\tempp
-\let\psboxversion=\temp
-\catcode`\@=11
-% Every macro likes a little privacy...
-%
-% Some common defs
-%
-\def\execute#1{#1}% NOT stupid: cs in #1 are then identified BEFORE execution
-\def\psm@keother#1{\catcode`#112\relax}% borrowed from latex
-\def\executeinspecs#1{%
-\execute{\begingroup\let\do\psm@keother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M=9#1\endgroup}}
-%
-%Trying to tame the variety of \special commands for Postscript: the
-%  universal internal command \PSspeci@l##1##2 takes ##1 to be the
-%  filename and ##2 to be the integer scale factor*1000 (as for usual
-%   TeX \scale commands)
-%
-\def\psfortextures{%     For TeXtures on the Macintosh
-%-----------------
-\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
-\special{illustration ##1\space scaled ##2}%
-}}
-%
-\def\psfordvitops{%      For the DVItoPS converter on IBM mainframes
-%----------------
-\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
-\special{dvitops: import ##1\space \the\drawingwd \the\drawinght}%
-}}
-%
-\def\psfordvips{%      For DVIPS converter on VAX, UNIX and PC's
-%--------------
-\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
-%    \special{/@scaleunit 1000 def}% never read dox without trying!
-\d@my=0.1bp \d@mx=\drawingwd \divide\d@mx by\d@my%
-\special{PSfile=##1\space llx=\psllx\space lly=\pslly\space%
-urx=\psurx\space ury=\psury\space rwi=\number\d@mx}%
-}}
-%
-\def\psforoztex{%        For the OzTeX shareware on the Macintosh
-%--------------
-\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
-\special{##1 \space
-      ##2 1000 div dup scale
-      \putsp@ce{\number-\psllx} \putsp@ce{\number-\pslly} translate
-}%
-}}
-\def\putsp@ce#1{#1 }
-%
-\def\psfordvitps{%       From the UNIX TeXPS package, vers.>3.12
-%---------------
-% Convert a dimension into the number \psn@sp (in scaled points)
-\def\psdimt@n@sp##1{\d@mx=##1\relax\edef\psn@sp{\number\d@mx}}
-\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
-% psfig.psr contains the def of "startTexFig": if you can locate it
-% and include the correct pathname, it should work
-\special{dvitps: Include0 "psfig.psr"}% contains def of "startTexFig"
-\psdimt@n@sp{\drawingwd}
-\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
-\psdimt@n@sp{\drawinght}
-\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
-\psdimt@n@sp{\psllx bp}
-\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
-\psdimt@n@sp{\pslly bp}
-\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
-\psdimt@n@sp{\psurx bp}
-\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
-\psdimt@n@sp{\psury bp}
-\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space startTexFig\space"}
-\special{dvitps: Include1 "##1"}
-\special{dvitps: Literal "endTexFig\space"}
-}}
-\def\psforDVIALW{%   Try for dvialw, a UNIX public domain
-%---------------
-\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{
-\special{language "PS"
-literal "##2 1000 div dup scale"
-include "##1"}}}
-\def\psonlyboxes{%     Draft-like behaviour if none of the others works
-%---------------
-\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
-\at(0cm;0cm){\boxit{\vbox to\drawinght
-  {\vss
-  \hbox to\drawingwd{\at(0cm;0cm){\hbox{(##1)}}\hss}
-  }}}
-}%
-}
-%
-\def\psloc@lerr#1{%
-\let\savedPSspeci@l=\PSspeci@l%
-\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
-\at(0cm;0cm){\boxit{\vbox to\drawinght
-  {\vss
-  \hbox to\drawingwd{\at(0cm;0cm){\hbox{(##1) #1}}\hss}
-  }}}
-\let\PSspeci@l=\savedPSspeci@l% restore normal output for other figs!
-}%
-}
-%
-%\def\psfor...  add your own!
-%
-%  \ReadPSize{PSfilename} reads the dimensions of a PostScript drawing
-%      and stores it in \drawinght(wd)
-\newread\pst@mpin
-\newdimen\drawinght\newdimen\drawingwd
-\newdimen\psxoffset\newdimen\psyoffset
-\newbox\drawingBox
-\newif\ifNotB@undingBox
-\newhelp\PShelp{Proceed: you'll have a 5cm square blank box instead of
-your graphics (Jean Orloff).}
-\def\@mpty{}
-\def\s@tsize#1 #2 #3 #4\@ndsize{
-  \def\psllx{#1}\def\pslly{#2}%
-  \def\psurx{#3}\def\psury{#4}%  needed by a crazyness of dvips!
-  \ifx\psurx\@mpty\NotB@undingBoxtrue% this is not a valid one!
-  \else
-    \drawinght=#4bp\advance\drawinght by-#2bp
-    \drawingwd=#3bp\advance\drawingwd by-#1bp
-%  !Units related by crazy factors as bp/pt=72.27/72 should be BANNED!
-  \fi
-  }
-\def\sc@nline#1:#2\@ndline{\edef\p@rameter{#1}\edef\v@lue{#2}}
-\def\g@bblefirstblank#1#2:{\ifx#1 \else#1\fi#2}
-\def\psm@keother#1{\catcode`#112\relax}% borrowed from latex
-\def\execute#1{#1}% Seems stupid, but cs are identified BEFORE execution
-{\catcode`\%=12
-\xdef\B@undingBox{%%BoundingBox}
-}   %% is not a true comment in PostScript, even if % is!
-\def\ReadPSize#1{
- \edef\PSfilename{#1}
- \openin\pst@mpin=#1\relax
- \ifeof\pst@mpin \errhelp=\PShelp
-   \errmessage{I haven't found your postscript file (\PSfilename)}
-   \psloc@lerr{was not found}
-   \s@tsize 0 0 142 142\@ndsize
-   \closein\pst@mpin
- \else
-   \immediate\write\psbj@inaux{#1,}
-   \loop
-     \executeinspecs{\catcode`\ =10\global\read\pst@mpin to\n@xtline}
-     \ifeof\pst@mpin
-       \errhelp=\PShelp
-       \errmessage{(\PSfilename) is not an Encapsulated PostScript File:
-           I could not find any \B@undingBox: line.}
-       \edef\v@lue{0 0 142 142:}
-       \psloc@lerr{is not an EPSFile}
-       \NotB@undingBoxfalse
-     \else
-       \expandafter\sc@nline\n@xtline:\@ndline
-       \ifx\p@rameter\B@undingBox\NotB@undingBoxfalse
-         \edef\t@mp{%
-           \expandafter\g@bblefirstblank\v@lue\space\space\space}
-         \expandafter\s@tsize\t@mp\@ndsize
-       \else\NotB@undingBoxtrue
-       \fi
-     \fi
-   \ifNotB@undingBox\repeat
-   \closein\pst@mpin
- \fi
-\message{#1}
-}
-%
-% \psboxto(xdim;ydim){psfilename}: you specify the dimensions and
-%    TeX uniformly scales to fit the largest one. If xdim=0pt, the
-%    scale is fully determined by ydim and vice versa.
-%    Notice: psboxes are a real vboxes; couldn't take hbox otherwise all
-%    indentation and all cr's would be interpreted as spaces (hugh!).
-%
-\newcount\xscale \newcount\yscale \newdimen\pscm\pscm=1cm
-\newdimen\d@mx \newdimen\d@my
-\let\ps@nnotation=\relax
-\def\psboxto(#1;#2)#3{\vbox{
-   \ReadPSize{#3}
-   \divide\drawingwd by 1000
-   \divide\drawinght by 1000
-   \d@mx=#1
-   \ifdim\d@mx=0pt\xscale=1000
-         \else \xscale=\d@mx \divide \xscale by \drawingwd\fi
-   \d@my=#2
-   \ifdim\d@my=0pt\yscale=1000
-         \else \yscale=\d@my \divide \yscale by \drawinght\fi
-   \ifnum\yscale=1000
-         \else\ifnum\xscale=1000\xscale=\yscale
-                    \else\ifnum\yscale<\xscale\xscale=\yscale\fi
-              \fi
-   \fi
-   \divide \psxoffset by 1000\multiply\psxoffset by \xscale
-   \divide \psyoffset by 1000\multiply\psyoffset by \xscale
-   \global\divide\pscm by 1000
-   \global\multiply\pscm by\xscale
-   \multiply\drawingwd by\xscale \multiply\drawinght by\xscale
-   \ifdim\d@mx=0pt\d@mx=\drawingwd\fi
-   \ifdim\d@my=0pt\d@my=\drawinght\fi
-   \message{scaled \the\xscale}
- \hbox to\d@mx{\hss\vbox to\d@my{\vss
-   \global\setbox\drawingBox=\hbox to 0pt{\kern\psxoffset\vbox to 0pt{
-      \kern-\psyoffset
-      \PSspeci@l{\PSfilename}{\the\xscale}
-      \vss}\hss\ps@nnotation}
-   \global\ht\drawingBox=\the\drawinght
-   \global\wd\drawingBox=\the\drawingwd
-   \baselineskip=0pt
-   \copy\drawingBox
- \vss}\hss}
-  \global\psxoffset=0pt
-  \global\psyoffset=0pt% These are local to one figure
-  \global\pscm=1cm
-  \global\drawingwd=\drawingwd
-  \global\drawinght=\drawinght
-}}
-%
-% \psboxscaled{scalefactor*1000}{PSfilename} allows to bypass the
-%   rounding errors of TeX integer divisions for situations where the
-%   TeX box should fit the original BoundingBox with a precision better
-%   than 1/1000.
-%
-\def\psboxscaled#1#2{\vbox{
-  \ReadPSize{#2}
-  \xscale=#1
-  \message{scaled \the\xscale}
-  \divide\drawingwd by 1000\multiply\drawingwd by\xscale
-  \divide\drawinght by 1000\multiply\drawinght by\xscale
-  \divide \psxoffset by 1000\multiply\psxoffset by \xscale
-  \divide \psyoffset by 1000\multiply\psyoffset by \xscale
-  \global\divide\pscm by 1000
-  \global\multiply\pscm by\xscale
-  \global\setbox\drawingBox=\hbox to 0pt{\kern\psxoffset\vbox to 0pt{
-     \kern-\psyoffset
-     \PSspeci@l{\PSfilename}{\the\xscale}
-     \vss}\hss\ps@nnotation}
-  \global\ht\drawingBox=\the\drawinght
-  \global\wd\drawingBox=\the\drawingwd
-  \baselineskip=0pt
-  \copy\drawingBox
-  \global\psxoffset=0pt
-  \global\psyoffset=0pt% These are local to one figure
-  \global\pscm=1cm
-  \global\drawingwd=\drawingwd
-  \global\drawinght=\drawinght
-}}
-%
-%  \psbox{PSfilename} makes a TeX box having the minimal size to
-%      enclose the picture
-\def\psbox#1{\psboxscaled{1000}{#1}}
-%
-%
-%  \joinfiles file1, file2, ...n \into joinedfilename .
-%     makes one file out of many
-%  \splitfile joinedfilename
-%     the opposite
-%
-%\def\execute#1{#1}% NOT stupid: cs in #1 are then identified BEFORE execution
-%\def\psm@keother#1{\catcode`#112\relax}% borrowed from latex
-%\def\executeinspecs#1{%
-%\execute{\begingroup\let\do\psm@keother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M=9#1\endgroup}}
-%\newread\pst@mpin
-\newif\ifn@teof\n@teoftrue
-\newif\ifc@ntrolline
-\newif\ifmatch
-\newread\j@insplitin
-\newwrite\j@insplitout
-\newwrite\psbj@inaux
-\immediate\openout\psbj@inaux=psbjoin.aux
-\immediate\write\psbj@inaux{\string\joinfiles}
-\immediate\write\psbj@inaux{\jobname,}
-%
-% We redefine input to keep track of the various files inputted
-%
-\immediate\let\oldinput=\input
-\def\input#1 {
- \immediate\write\psbj@inaux{#1,}
- \oldinput #1 }
-\def\empty{}
-\def\setmatchif#1\contains#2{
-  \def\match##1#2##2\endmatch{
-    \def\tmp{##2}
-    \ifx\empty\tmp
-      \matchfalse
-    \else
-      \matchtrue
-    \fi}
-  \match#1#2\endmatch}
-\def\warnopenout#1#2{
- \setmatchif{TrashMe,psbjoin.aux,psbjoin.all}\contains{#2}
- \ifmatch
- \else
-   \immediate\openin\pst@mpin=#2
-   \ifeof\pst@mpin
-     \else
-     \errhelp{If the content of this file is so precious to you, abort (ie
-press x or e) and rename it before retrying.}
-     \errmessage{I'm just about to replace your file named #2}
-   \fi
-   \immediate\closein\pst@mpin
- \fi
- \message{#2}
- \immediate\openout#1=#2}
-%  No comments allowed below: % will have an unusual catcode
-{
-\catcode`\%=12
-\gdef\splitfile#1 {
- \immediate\openin\j@insplitin=#1
- \message{Splitting file #1 into:}
- \warnopenout\j@insplitout{TrashMe}
- \loop
-   \ifeof
-     \j@insplitin\immediate\closein\j@insplitin\n@teoffalse
-   \else
-     \n@teoftrue
-     \executeinspecs{\global\read\j@insplitin to\spl@tinline\expandafter
-       \ch@ckbeginnewfile\spl@tinline%Beginning-Of-File-Named:%\endcheck}
-     \ifc@ntrolline
-     \else
-       \toks0=\expandafter{\spl@tinline}
-       \immediate\write\j@insplitout{\the\toks0}
-     \fi
-   \fi
- \ifn@teof\repeat
- \immediate\closeout\j@insplitout}
-\gdef\ch@ckbeginnewfile#1%Beginning-Of-File-Named:#2%#3\endcheck{
- \def\t@mp{#1}
- \ifx\empty\t@mp
-   \def\t@mp{#3}
-   \ifx\empty\t@mp
-     \global\c@ntrollinefalse
-   \else
-     \immediate\closeout\j@insplitout
-     \warnopenout\j@insplitout{#2}
-     \global\c@ntrollinetrue
-   \fi
- \else
-   \global\c@ntrollinefalse
- \fi}
-\gdef\joinfiles#1\into#2 {
- \message{Joining following files into}
- \warnopenout\j@insplitout{#2}
- \message{:}
- {
- \edef\w@##1{\immediate\write\j@insplitout{##1}}
- \w@{% This text was produced with psbox's \string\joinfiles.}
- \w@{% To decompose and tex it:}
- \w@{%-save this with a filename CONTAINING ONLY LETTERS, and no extensions}
- \w@{% (say, JOINTFIL), in some uncrowded directory;}
- \w@{%-make sure you can \string\input\space psbox.tex (version>=1.3);}
- \w@{%-tex JOINTFIL using Plain, or LaTeX, or whatever is needed by}
- \w@{% the first part in the joining (after splitting JOINTFIL into}
- \w@{% it's constituents, TeX will try to process it as it stands).}
- \w@{\string\input\space psbox.tex}
- \w@{\string\splitfile{\string\jobname}}
- }
- \tre@tfilelist#1, \endtre@t
- \immediate\closeout\j@insplitout}
-\gdef\tre@tfilelist#1, #2\endtre@t{
- \def\t@mp{#1}
- \ifx\empty\t@mp
-   \else
-   \llj@in{#1}
-   \tre@tfilelist#2, \endtre@t
- \fi}
-\gdef\llj@in#1{
- \immediate\openin\j@insplitin=#1
- \ifeof\j@insplitin
-   \errmessage{I couldn't find file #1.}
-   \else
-   \message{#1}
-   \toks0={%Beginning-Of-File-Named:#1}
-   \immediate\write\j@insplitout{\the\toks0}
-   \executeinspecs{\global\read\j@insplitin to\oldj@ininline}
-   \loop
-     \ifeof\j@insplitin\immediate\closein\j@insplitin\n@teoffalse
-       \else\n@teoftrue
-       \executeinspecs{\global\read\j@insplitin to\j@ininline}
-       \toks0=\expandafter{\oldj@ininline}
-       \let\oldj@ininline=\j@ininline
-       \immediate\write\j@insplitout{\the\toks0}
-     \fi
-   \ifn@teof
-   \repeat
-   \immediate\closein\j@insplitin
- \fi}
-}
-% To be put at the end of a file, for making an tar-like file containing
-%   everything it used.
-\def\autojoin{
- \immediate\write\psbj@inaux{\string\into\space psbjoin.all}
- \immediate\closeout\psbj@inaux
- \input psbjoin.aux
-}
-%
-%  Annotations & Captions etc...
-%
-%
-% \centinsert{anybox} is just a centered \midinsert, but is included as
-%    people barely use the original inserts from TeX.
-%
-\def\centinsert#1{\midinsert\line{\hss#1\hss}\endinsert}
-\def\psannotate#1#2{\def\ps@nnotation{#2\global\let\ps@nnotation=\relax}#1}
-\def\pscaption#1#2{\vbox{
-   \setbox\drawingBox=#1
-   \copy\drawingBox
-   \vskip\baselineskip
-   \vbox{\hsize=\wd\drawingBox\setbox0=\hbox{#2}
-     \ifdim\wd0>\hsize
-       \noindent\unhbox0\tolerance=5000
-    \else\centerline{\box0}
-    \fi
-}}}
-% for compatibility with older versions
-\def\psfig#1#2#3{\pscaption{\psannotate{#1}{#2}}{#3}}
-\def\psfigurebox#1#2#3{\pscaption{\psannotate{\psbox{#1}}{#2}}{#3}}
-%
-% \at(#1;#2)#3 puts #3 at #1-higher and #2-right of the current
-%    position without moving it (to be used in annotations).
-\def\at(#1;#2)#3{\setbox0=\hbox{#3}\ht0=0pt\dp0=0pt
-  \rlap{\kern#1\vbox to0pt{\kern-#2\box0\vss}}}
-%
-% \gridfill(ht;wd) makes a 1cm*1cm grid of ht by wd whose lower-left
-%   corner is the current point
-\newdimen\gridht \newdimen\gridwd
-\def\gridfill(#1;#2){
-  \setbox0=\hbox to 1\pscm
-  {\vrule height1\pscm width.4pt\leaders\hrule\hfill}
-  \gridht=#1
-  \divide\gridht by \ht0
-  \multiply\gridht by \ht0
-  \gridwd=#2
-  \divide\gridwd by \wd0
-  \multiply\gridwd by \wd0
-  \advance \gridwd by \wd0
-  \vbox to \gridht{\leaders\hbox to\gridwd{\leaders\box0\hfill}\vfill}}
-%
-% Useful to measure where to put annotations
-\def\fillinggrid{\at(0cm;0cm){\vbox{
-  \gridfill(\drawinght;\drawingwd)}}}
-%
-% \textleftof\anybox: Sample text\endtext
-%   inserts "Sample text" on the left of \anybox ie \vbox, \psbox.
-%   \textrightof is the symmetric (not documented, too uggly)
-% Welcome any suggestion about clean wraparound macros from
-%   TeXhackers reading this
-%
-\def\textleftof#1:{
-  \setbox1=#1
-  \setbox0=\vbox\bgroup
-    \advance\hsize by -\wd1 \advance\hsize by -2em}
-\def\textrightof#1:{
-  \setbox0=#1
-  \setbox1=\vbox\bgroup
-    \advance\hsize by -\wd0 \advance\hsize by -2em}
-\def\endtext{
-  \egroup
-  \hbox to \hsize{\valign{\vfil##\vfil\cr%
-\box0\cr%
-\noalign{\hss}\box1\cr}}}
-%
-% \frameit{\thick}{\skip}{\anybox}
-%    draws with thickness \thick a box around \anybox, leaving \skip of
-%    blank around it. eg \frameit{0.5pt}{1pt}{\hbox{hello}}
-% \boxit{\anybox} is a shortcut.
-\def\frameit#1#2#3{\hbox{\vrule width#1\vbox{
-  \hrule height#1\vskip#2\hbox{\hskip#2\vbox{#3}\hskip#2}%
-        \vskip#2\hrule height#1}\vrule width#1}}
-\def\boxit#1{\frameit{0.4pt}{0pt}{#1}}
-%
-%
-\catcode`\@=12 % cs containing @ are unreachable
-%
-% CUSTOMIZE YOUR DEFAULT DRIVER:
-%    Uncomment the line corresponding to your TeX system:
-%\psfortextures%     For TeXtures on the Macintosh
-%\psforoztex   %     For OzTeX shareware on the Macintosh
-%\psfordvitops %     For the DVItoPS converter for TeX on IBM mainframes
- \psfordvips   %     For DVIPS converter on VAX and UNIX
-%\psfordvitps  %     For dvitps from TeXPS package under UNIX
-%\psforDVIALW  %     For DVIALW, UNIX public domain
-%\psonlyboxes  %     Blank Boxes (when all else fails).

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sample.tex

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{MMboard: a sample MMedia application}\label{mmboard}%
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-
-To be written.
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndaiff.tex

@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndaiff.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:29
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundAiff}}\label{wxsoundaiff}
-
-AIFF codec
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundFileStream}{wxsoundfilestream}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundAiff::wxSoundAiff}\label{wxsoundaiffwxsoundaiff}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundAiff}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundAiff}{\param{wxOutputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
-
-\membersection{wxSoundAiff::\destruct{wxSoundAiff}}\label{wxsoundaiffdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundAiff}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundAiff::CanRead}\label{wxsoundaiffcanread}
-
-\func{bool}{CanRead}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundAiff::GetCodecName}\label{wxsoundaiffgetcodecname}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetCodecName}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundAiff::PrepareToPlay}\label{wxsoundaiffpreparetoplay}
-
-\func{bool}{PrepareToPlay}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundAiff::PrepareToRecord}\label{wxsoundaiffpreparetorecord}
-
-\func{bool}{PrepareToRecord}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundAiff::FinishRecording}\label{wxsoundaifffinishrecording}
-
-\func{bool}{FinishRecording}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundAiff::RepositionStream}\label{wxsoundaiffrepositionstream}
-
-\func{bool}{RepositionStream}{\param{wxUint32 }{position}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundAiff::GetData}\label{wxsoundaiffgetdata}
-
-\func{wxUint32}{GetData}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundAiff::PutData}\label{wxsoundaiffputdata}
-
-\func{wxUint32}{PutData}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndbase.tex

@@ -1,294 +0,0 @@
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% Name:        sndbase.tex
-%% Purpose:     wxMMedia docs
-%% Author:      Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr>
-%% Modified by:
-%% Created:     2000
-%% RCS-ID:      $Id$
-%% Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
-%% Licence:     wxWindows licence
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\section{\class{wxSoundStream}}\label{wxsoundstream}
-
-Base class for sound streams
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-No base class
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/mmedia/sndbase.h>
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-%%
-%% wxSoundStream errors
-%%
-
-\wxheading{wxSoundStream errors}
-
-\twocolwidtha{7cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_NOERR}}{No error occured}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_IOERR}}{An input/output error occured, it may concern
-either a driver or a file}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_INVFRMT}}{The sound format passed to the function is
-invalid. Generally, it means that you passed out of range values to the codec
-stream or you don't pass the right sound format object to the right sound codec
-stream.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_INVDEV}}{Invalid device. Generally, it means that the
-sound stream didn't manage to open the device driver due to an invalid parameter
-or to the fact that sound is not supported on this computer.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_NOEXACT}}{No exact matching sound codec has been found for
-this sound format. It means that the sound driver didn't manage to setup the sound
-card with the specified values.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_NOCODEC}}{No matching codec has been found. Generally, it 
-may happen when you call wxSoundRouterStream::SetSoundFormat().}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_MEMERR}}{Not enough memory.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-%%
-%% C callback
-%%
-
-\wxheading{C callback for wxSound event}
-
-When a sound event is generated, it may either call the internal sound event 
-processor (which can be inherited) or call a C function. Its definition is:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-  typedef void (*wxSoundCallback)(wxSoundStream *stream, int evt,
-                                  void *cdata);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The {\bf stream} parameter represents the current wxSoundStream.
-
-The {\bf evt} parameter represents the sound event which is the cause of the calling. (See \helpref{wxSound events}{wxsoundstream}).
-
-The {\bf cdata} parameter represents the user callback data which were specified
-when the user called \helpref{wxSoundStream::Register}{wxsoundstreamregister}.
-
-{\it Note:} There are two other ways to catch sound events: you can inherit the
-sound stream and redefine \helpref{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}, or you can reroute the events to another sound stream using \helpref{wxSoundStream::SetEventHandler}{wxsoundstreamseteventhandler}.
-
-%%
-%% wxSoundStream streaming mode
-%%
-
-\wxheading{wxSound streaming mode}
-
-The wxSoundStream object can work in three different modes. These modes are specified
-at the call to \helpref{wxSoundStream::StartProduction}{wxsoundstreamstartproduction} 
-and cannot be changed until you call 
-\helpref{wxSoundStream::StopProduction}{wxsoundstreamstopproduction}.
-
-The {\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT} mode is the recording mode. It generates {\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT} 
-events and you cannot use wxSoundStream::Write().
-
-The {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} mode is the playing mode. It generates {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} 
-events and you cannot use wxSoundStream::Read().
-
-The {\bf wxSOUND\_DUPLEX} mode activates the full duplex mode. The full duplex requires
-you to make synchronous call to \helpref{wxSoundStream::Read}{wxsoundstreamread} and 
-\helpref{wxSoundStream::Write}{wxsoundstreamwrite}. This means that you must be
-careful with realtime problems. Each time you call Read you must call Write.
-
-%%
-%% wxSoundStream events
-%%
-
-\wxheading{wxSoundStream events}
-
-The sound events are generated when the sound driver (or the sound stream) completes
-a previous sound buffer. There are two possible sound events and two meanings.
-
-The {\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT} event is generated when the sound stream has a new input
-buffer ready to be read. You know that you can read a buffer of the size
-\helpref{GetBestSize()}{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize} without blocking. 
-
-The {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} event is generated when the sound stream has completed a
-previous buffer. This buffer has been sent to the sound driver and it is ready to
-process a new buffer. Consequently, \helpref{Write}{wxsoundstreamwrite} will not
-block too.
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-%% Ctor && Dtor
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::wxSoundStream}\label{wxsoundstreamwxsoundstream}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundStream}{\void}
-
-Default constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::\destruct{wxSoundStream}}\label{wxsoundstreamdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStream}}{\void}
-
-Destructor. The destructor stops automatically all started production and destroys
-any temporary buffer.
-
-%%
-%% Read
-%%
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamread}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-Reads {\it len} bytes from the sound stream. This call may block the user so
-use it carefully when you need to intensively refresh the GUI. You may be
-interested by sound events: see \helpref{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}. 
-
-It is better to use the size returned by \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetBestSize}{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize}: this may improve performance or accuracy of the
-sound event system.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{len}{{\it len} is expressed in bytes. If you need to do conversions between bytes
-and seconds use wxSoundFormat.
-See \helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}, \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}.}
-
-\docparam{data}{Data in \it{buffer} are coded using the sound format attached to this sound 
-stream. The format is specified with 
-\helpref{SetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamsetsoundformat}.}
-
-%%
-%% Write
-%%
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamwrite}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-Writes \it{len} bytes to the sound stream. This call may block the user so
-use it carefully. You may be interested by sound events: see
-\helpref{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}.
-
-It is better to use the size returned by \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetBestSize}{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize}: this may improve performance or accuracy of the
-sound event system.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{len}{This is expressed in bytes. If you need to do conversions between bytes
-and seconds use wxSoundFormat.
-See \helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}, \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}.}
-
-\docparam{buffer}{Data in \it{buffer} are coded using the sound format attached to this sound 
-stream. The format is specified with 
-\helpref{SetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamsetsoundformat}.}
-
-%%
-%% GetBestSize
-%%
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
-
-This function returns the best size for IO calls. The best size provides you
-a good alignment for data to be written (or read) to (or from) the sound stream.
-So, when, for example, a sound event is sent, you are sure the sound stream
-will not block for this buffer size.
-
-%%
-%% wxSoundStream:SetSoundFormat
-%%
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamsetsoundformat}
-
-\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
-
-SetSoundFormat is one of the key function of the wxSoundStream object.
-It specifies the sound format the user needs. SetSoundFormat tries to
-apply the format to the current sound stream (it can be a sound file or a
-sound driver). Then, either it manages to apply it and it returns {\bf TRUE},
-or it could not and it returns {\bf FALSE}. In this case, you must check
-the error with 
-\helpref{wxSoundStream::GetError}{wxsoundstreamgeterror}. See 
-\helpref{wxSoundStream errors section}{wxsoundstream} for more details.
-
-\wxheading{Note}
-
-The {\bf format} object can be destroyed after the call. The object does not need it.
-
-\wxheading{Note}
-
-If the error is {\bf wxSOUND\_NOTEXACT}, the stream tries to find the best
-approaching format and setups it. You can check the format which it applied
-with \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}.
-
-%%
-%% GetSoundFormat
-%%
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}
-\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase\&}{GetSoundFormat}{\void}
-
-It returns a reference to the current sound format of the stream represented by a
-wxSoundFormatBase object. This object {\it must not} be destroyed by anyone except
-the stream itself.
-
-%%
-%% SetCallback
-%%
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::SetCallback}\label{wxsoundstreamregister}
-
-\func{void}{Register}{\param{int }{evt}, \param{wxSoundCallback }{cbk}, \param{void* }{cdata}}
-
-It installs a C callback for wxSoundStream events. The C callbacks are still
-useful to avoid hard inheritance. You can install only one callback per event.
-Each callback has its callback data.
-
-%%
-%% StartProduction
-%%
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamstartproduction}
-
-\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
-
-StartProduction starts the sound streaming. {\it evt} may be one of 
-{\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT}, {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} or {\bf wxSOUND\_DUPLEX}.
-You cannot specify several flags at the same time. Starting the production
-may automaticaly in position of buffer underrun (only in the case you activated
-recording). Actually this may happen the sound IO queue is too short.
-It is also advised that you fill quickly enough the sound IO queue when the
-driver requests it (through a wxSoundEvent).
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamstopproduction}
-
-\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
-
-I stops the async notifier and the sound streaming straightly.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::SetEventHandler}\label{wxsoundstreamseteventhandler}
-
-\func{void}{SetEventHandler}{\param{wxSoundStream* }{handler}}
-
-Sets the event handler: if it is non-null, all events are routed to it.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetError}\label{wxsoundstreamgeterror}
-
-\constfunc{wxSoundError}{GetError}{\void}
-
-It returns the last error which occured.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetLastAccess}\label{wxsoundstreamgetlastaccess}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetLastAccess}{\void}
-
-It returns the number of bytes which were effectively written to/read from the sound stream.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamqueuefilled}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
-
-It returns whether the sound IO queue is full. When it is full, the next IO call will block
-until the IO queue has at least one empty entry.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}\label{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}
-
-\func{void}{OnSoundEvent}{\param{int }{evt}}
-
-It is called by the wxSoundStream when a new sound event occured.
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndcodec.tex

@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndcodec.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:29
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundStreamCodec}}\label{wxsoundstreamcodec}
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::wxSoundStreamCodec}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecwxsoundstreamcodec}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundStreamCodec}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{snd\_io}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::\destruct{wxSoundStreamCodec}}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamCodec}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecstartproduction}
-
-\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecstopproduction}
-
-\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecgetbestsize}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndesd.tex

@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndesd.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:56
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundStreamESD}}\label{wxsoundstreamesd}
-
-ESD output class
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::wxSoundStreamESD}\label{wxsoundstreamesdwxsoundstreamesd}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundStreamESD}{\param{const wxString\& }{hostname = "localhost"}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::\destruct{wxSoundStreamESD}}\label{wxsoundstreamesddtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamESD}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamesdread}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamesdwrite}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamesdsetsoundformat}
-
-\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamesdstartproduction}
-
-\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamesdstopproduction}
-
-\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::WakeUpEvt}\label{wxsoundstreamesdwakeupevt}
-
-\func{void}{WakeUpEvt}{\param{int }{evt}}
-
-You should not call this.
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamesdqueuefilled}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndfg72x.tex

@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndg72x.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:19
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundFormatG72X}}\label{wxsoundformatg72x}
-
-
-G72X format
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-{\small \begin{verbatim}
-typedef enum {
-  wxSOUND\_G721,
-  wxSOUND\_G723\_24,
-  wxSOUND\_G723\_40
-} wxSoundG72XType
-\end{verbatim}}
-
-{\small \begin{verbatim}
-typedef struct g72x\_state g72state
-\end{verbatim}}
-
-This fixes a bug in Mingw95
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::wxSoundFormatG72X}\label{wxsoundformatg72xwxsoundformatg72x}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundFormatG72X}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::\destruct{wxSoundFormatG72X}}\label{wxsoundformatg72xdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatG72X}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::SetG72XType}\label{wxsoundformatg72xsetg72xtype}
-
-\func{void}{SetG72XType}{\param{wxSoundG72XType }{type}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetG72XType}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgetg72xtype}
-
-\constfunc{wxSoundG72XType}{GetG72XType}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::SetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatg72xsetsamplerate}
-
-\func{void}{SetSampleRate}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgetsamplerate}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgettype}
-
-\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatg72xclone}
-
-\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgettimefrombytes}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgetbytesfromtime}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::operator!=}\label{wxsoundformatg72xoperatorneq}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{operator!=}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndfile.tex

@@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% Name:        sndfile.tex
-%% Purpose:     wxMMedia docs
-%% Author:      Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr>
-%% Modified by:
-%% Created:     2000
-%% RCS-ID:      $Id$
-%% Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
-%% Licence:     wxWindows licence
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\section{\class{wxSoundFileStream}}\label{wxsoundfilestream}
-
-Base class for file coders/decoders. This class is not constructor (it is an abstract
-class).
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
-
-\wxheading{Include file}
-
-wx/sndfile.h
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::wxSoundFileStream}\label{wxsoundfilestreamwxsoundfilestream}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundFileStream}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
-
-It constructs a new file decoder object which will send 
-audio data to the specified sound stream. 
-The {\it stream} is the input stream to be decoded. The
-{\it io\_sound} is the destination sound stream.
-Once it has been constructed, you cannot change any of
-the specified streams nor the direction of the stream.
-
-You will have access to the playback functions.
-
-\func{}{wxSoundFileStream}{\param{wxOutputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
-
-It constructs a new file coder object which will get
-data to be recorded from the specified sound stream.
-The {\it stream} is the output wxStream. The {\it io\_sound}
-is the source sound stream of the audio data. Once
-it has been constructed, you cannot change any of
-the specified streams nor the direction of the stream.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::\destruct{wxSoundFileStream}}\label{wxsoundfilestreamdtor}
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFileStream}}{\void}
-
-It destroys the current sound file codec.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Play}\label{wxsoundfilestreamplay}
-\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
-
-It starts playing the file. The playing begins, in background
-in nearly all cases, after the return of the function. The
-codec returns to a {\bf stopped} state when it reaches the
-end of the file.
-On success, it returns TRUE.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Record}\label{wxsoundfilestreamrecord}
-\func{bool}{Record}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
-
-It starts recording data from the sound stream and writing them
-to the output stream. You have to precise the recording length in
-parameter. This length is expressed in seconds. If you want to
-control the record length (using \helpref{Stop}{wxsoundfilestreamstop}),
-you can set it to wxSOUND\_INFINITE\_TIME.
-
-On success, it returns TRUE.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Stop}\label{wxsoundfilestreamstop}
-\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
-
-It stops either recording or playing. Whatever happens (even unexpected
-errors), the stream is stopped when the function returns. When you are
-in recording mode, the file headers are updated and flushed if possible
-(ie: if the output stream is seekable).
-
-On success, it returns TRUE.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Pause}\label{wxsoundfilestreampause}
-\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
-
-The file codec tries to pause the stream: it means that it stops audio
-production but keep the file pointer at the place.
-
-If the file codec is already paused, it returns FALSE.
-
-On success, it returns TREE.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Resume}\label{wxsoundfilestreamresume}
-\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
-
-When the file codec has been paused using
-\helpref{Pause}{wxsoundfilestreampause}, you could be interrested in
-resuming it. This is the goal of this function.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::IsStopped}\label{wxsoundfilestreamisstopped}
-\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
-
-It returns TRUE when the stream is stopped, in another case it returns
-FALSE.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::IsPaused}\label{wxsoundfilestreamispaused}
-\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
-
-It returns TRUE when the stream is paused, in another case it returns
-FALSE.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundfilestreamstartproduction}
-\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
-
-It is really not advised you call this function. From the wxSoundFileStream
-point of view it is an internal function. Internally, it is called after
-the file stream has been prepared to be played or to receive audio data and 
-when it wants to start processing audio data.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundfilestreamstopproduction}
-\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
-
-As for \helpref{StartProduction}{wxsoundfilestreamstopproduction}, it is not
-advised for you to call this function. It is called by
-\helpref{Stop}{wxsoundfilestreamstop} when it needs to stop the audio data
-processing.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetLength}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetlength}
-\func{wxUint32}{GetLength}{\void}
-
-It returns the audio data length of the file stream. This length is expressed
-in bytes. If you need the length in seconds, you will need to use
-\helpref{GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat} and
-\helpref{GetTimeFromBytes}{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetPosition}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetposition}
-\func{wxUint32}{GetPosition}{\void}
-
-It returns the current position in the soundfile stream. The position
-is expressed in bytes. If you need the length in seconds, you will need to use
-\helpref{GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat} and
-\helpref{GetTimeFromBytes}{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::SetPosition}\label{wxsoundfilestreamsetposition}
-\func{wxUint32}{SetPosition}{\param{wxUint32 }{new\_position}}
-
-It sets the current in the soundfile stream. The position
- {\it new\_position} must be expressed in bytes. You can get
-a length/position in bytes from a time value using
-\helpref{GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat} and 
-\helpref{GetTimeFromBytes}{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}.
-
-On success, it returns TRUE.
-
-\wxheading{Warning}
-
-Some wxStream may not be capable to support this function as
-it may not support the seekable functionnality. If this happens,
-it returns FALSE and leave the stream at the same position.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Read}\label{wxsoundfilestreamread}
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-You can obtain the audio data encoded in the file using this function.
-But it must be considered as an internal function. Used carelessly, it
-may corrupt the current state of the stream.
-Data are returned using in the original file coding (You must use a sound
-format object to decode it).
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Write}\label{wxsoundfilestreamwrite}
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-You can put encoded audio data to the file using this function.
-But it must be considered as an internal function. Used carelessly, it
-may corrupt the current state of the stream.
-Data must be coded with the specified file coding (You must use a sound
-format object to do this).
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundfilestreamsetsoundformat}
-\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetCodecName}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetcodecname}
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetCodecName}{\void}
-
-This function returns the Codec name. This is useful for those who
-want to build a player (But also in some other case).
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::CanRead}\label{wxsoundfilestreamcanread}
-\func{bool}{CanRead}{\void}
-
-You should use this function to test whether this file codec can read
-the stream you passed to it.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::PrepareToPlay}\label{wxsoundfilestreampreparetoplay}
-\func{bool}{PrepareToPlay}{\void}
-
-It is called by wxSoundFileStream to prepare the specific file loader
-to prepare itself to play the file. Actually, this includes reading
-headers and setting the various parameters of the sound format.
-This should not be called by an external user but it should be
-implemented when you inherit wxSoundFileStream to build a new codec.
-
-It must return when the file is identified and the parameters have
-been set. In all other cases, you must return FALSE.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::PrepareToRecord}\label{wxsoundfilestreampreparetorecord}
-\func{bool}{PrepareToRecord}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::FinishRecording}\label{wxsoundfilestreamfinishrecording}
-\func{bool}{FinishRecording}{\void}
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::RepositionStream}\label{wxsoundfilestreamrepositionstream}
-\func{bool}{RepositionStream}{\param{wxUint32 }{position}}
-
-This is called by wxSoundFileStream::SetPosition to seek the input stream
-to the right position. This must be overidden by the file codec class.
-The position is relative to the beginning of the samples.
-If it is impossible (as for a piped input stream), you must return FALSE.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::FinishPreparation}\label{wxsoundfilestreamfinishpreparation}
-\func{void}{FinishPreparation}{\param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-This is an internal function but it must called by the file codec class when
-the "playing" preparation is finished and you know the size of the stream.
-If it is an {\it infinite} stream, you should set this to wxSOUND\_INFINITE\_TIME.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetData}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetdata}
-\func{wxUint32}{GetData}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-This is called by wxSoundFileStream when it needs to get new sound data to
-send to the device driver (or to a conversion codec). This must be eventually
-overidden by the file codec class. The default behaviour is simply to read from
-the input stream.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::PutData}\label{wxsoundfilestreamputdata}
-\func{wxUint32}{PutData}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-This is called by wxSoundFileStream when it needs to put new sound data received
-from the device driver (or from a conversion codec). This must be eventually
-overidden by the file codec class. The default behaviour is simply to write to
-the input stream.

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndfpcm.tex

@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndpcm.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:33
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundFormatPcm}}\label{wxsoundformatpcm}
-
-
-PCM specification class
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::wxSoundFormatPcm}\label{wxsoundformatpcmwxsoundformatpcm}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundFormatPcm}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate = 22500}, \param{wxUint8 }{bps = 8}, \param{wxUint16 }{channels = 2}, \param{bool }{sign = TRUE}, \param{int }{order = wxLITTLE\_ENDIAN}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::\destruct{wxSoundFormatPcm}}\label{wxsoundformatpcmdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatPcm}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetsamplerate}
-
-\func{void}{SetSampleRate}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetBPS}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetbps}
-
-\func{void}{SetBPS}{\param{wxUint8 }{bps}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetchannels}
-
-\func{void}{SetChannels}{\param{wxUint16 }{nchannels}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetOrder}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetorder}
-
-\func{void}{SetOrder}{\param{int }{order}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::Signed}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsigned}
-
-\func{void}{Signed}{\param{bool }{sign}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetsamplerate}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetBPS}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetbps}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetchannels}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint16}{GetChannels}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetOrder}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetorder}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetOrder}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::Signed}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetsigned}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Signed}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgettype}
-
-\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatpcmclone}
-
-\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgettimefrombytes}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetbytesfromtime}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::operator!}\label{wxsoundformatpcmoperatornot}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{operator!}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndfrmt.tex

@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:23:29
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundFormatBase}}\label{wxsoundformatbase}
-
-
-Base class for sound format specification
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-No base class
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-{\small \begin{verbatim}
-typedef enum {
-  wxSOUND\_NOFORMAT,
-  wxSOUND\_PCM,
-  wxSOUND\_ULAW,
-  wxSOUND\_G72X,
-  wxSOUND\_MSADPCM
-} wxSoundFormatType
-\end{verbatim}}
-
-wxSoundFormatType: it specifies the format family of the sound data
-which will be passed to the stream.
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::wxSoundFormatBase}\label{wxsoundformatbasewxsoundformatbase}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundFormatBase}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::\destruct{wxSoundFormatBase}}\label{wxsoundformatbasedtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatBase}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatbasegettype}
-
-\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
-
-It returns a "standard" format type.
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatbaseclone}
-
-\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
-
-It clones the current format.
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatbasegetbytesfromtime}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::operator!=}\label{wxsoundformatbaseoperatorneq}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{operator!=}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndfulaw.tex

@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndulaw.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:25
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundFormatUlaw}}\label{wxsoundformatulaw}
-
-
-ULAW format
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::wxSoundFormatUlaw}\label{wxsoundformatulawwxsoundformatulaw}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundFormatUlaw}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::\destruct{wxSoundFormatUlaw}}\label{wxsoundformatulawdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatUlaw}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::SetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatulawsetsamplerate}
-
-\func{void}{SetSampleRate}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatulawgetsamplerate}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::SetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatulawsetchannels}
-
-\func{void}{SetChannels}{\param{wxUint8 }{channels}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatulawgetchannels}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatulawgettype}
-
-\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatulawclone}
-
-\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatulawgettimefrombytes}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatulawgetbytesfromtime}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::operator!=}\label{wxsoundformatulawoperatorneq}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{operator!=}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndg72x.tex

@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndg72x.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:19
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundStreamG72X}}\label{wxsoundstreamg72x}
-
-
-ULAW converter class
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::wxSoundStreamG72X}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xwxsoundstreamg72x}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundStreamG72X}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::\destruct{wxSoundStreamG72X}}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamG72X}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xread}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xwrite}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xsetsoundformat}
-
-\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::PutBits}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xputbits}
-
-\func{void}{PutBits}{\param{wxUint8 }{bits}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::GetBits}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xgetbits}
-
-\func{wxUint8}{GetBits}{\void}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndoss.tex

@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndoss.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:53
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundStreamOSS}}\label{wxsoundstreamoss}
-
-
-OSS output class
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::wxSoundStreamOSS}\label{wxsoundstreamosswxsoundstreamoss}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundStreamOSS}{\param{const wxString\& }{dev\_name = \_T("/dev/dsp")}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::\destruct{wxSoundStreamOSS}}\label{wxsoundstreamossdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamOSS}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamossread}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamosswrite}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamossgetbestsize}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamosssetsoundformat}
-
-\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamossstartproduction}
-
-\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamossstopproduction}
-
-\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamossqueuefilled}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::WakeUpEvt}\label{wxsoundstreamosswakeupevt}
-
-\func{void}{WakeUpEvt}{\param{int }{evt}}
-
-You should not call this.
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndpcm.tex

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndcpcm.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:35
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundStreamPcm}}\label{wxsoundstreampcm}
-
-
-PCM converter class
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-{\small \begin{verbatim}
-typedef void (*ConverterType)(const char *buf\_in, char *buf\_out, wxUint32 len) ConverterType
-\end{verbatim}}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::wxSoundStreamPcm}\label{wxsoundstreampcmwxsoundstreampcm}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundStreamPcm}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::\destruct{wxSoundStreamPcm}}\label{wxsoundstreampcmdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamPcm}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::Read}\label{wxsoundstreampcmread}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::Write}\label{wxsoundstreampcmwrite}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreampcmsetsoundformat}
-
-\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndrter.tex

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndfile.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:42
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundRouterStream}}\label{wxsoundrouterstream}
-
-This is the router "codec" class. It should do codec routing when the device
-driver does not deal with a format.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::wxSoundRouterStream}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamwxsoundrouterstream}
-\func{}{wxSoundRouterStream}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundCodec}{wxsoundcodec}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::\destruct{wxSoundRouterStream}}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamdtor}
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundRouterStream}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamsetsoundformat}
-\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
-
-SetSoundFormat will first try to setup the device driver with the specified
-format. If this fails, it will try to find a codec which will convert the
-input format to a valid format for the device driver. It uses an internal
-codec database.

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndulaw.tex

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndulaw.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:25
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundStreamUlaw}}\label{wxsoundstreamulaw}
-
-
-ULAW converter class
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::wxSoundStreamUlaw}\label{wxsoundstreamulawwxsoundstreamulaw}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundStreamUlaw}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::\destruct{wxSoundStreamUlaw}}\label{wxsoundstreamulawdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamUlaw}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamulawread}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamulawwrite}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamulawsetsoundformat}
-
-\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamulawgetbestsize}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndwave.tex

@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndwav.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:40
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundWave}}\label{wxsoundwave}
-
-
-WAVE codec
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundFileStream}{wxsoundfilestream}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::wxSoundWave}\label{wxsoundwavewxsoundwave}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundWave}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundWave}{\param{wxOutputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::\destruct{wxSoundWave}}\label{wxsoundwavedtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundWave}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::CanRead}\label{wxsoundwavecanread}
-
-\func{bool}{CanRead}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::GetCodecName}\label{wxsoundwavegetcodecname}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetCodecName}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::PrepareToPlay}\label{wxsoundwavepreparetoplay}
-
-\func{bool}{PrepareToPlay}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::PrepareToRecord}\label{wxsoundwavepreparetorecord}
-
-\func{bool}{PrepareToRecord}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::FinishRecording}\label{wxsoundwavefinishrecording}
-
-\func{bool}{FinishRecording}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::RepositionStream}\label{wxsoundwaverepositionstream}
-
-\func{bool}{RepositionStream}{\param{wxUint32 }{position}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::GetData}\label{wxsoundwavegetdata}
-
-\func{wxUint32}{GetData}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::PutData}\label{wxsoundwaveputdata}
-
-\func{wxUint32}{PutData}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleOutputPCM}\label{wxsoundwavehandleoutputpcm}
-
-\func{bool}{HandleOutputPCM}{\param{wxDataInputStream\& }{data}, \param{wxUint16 }{channels}, \param{wxUint32 }{sample\_fq}, \param{wxUint32 }{byte\_p\_sec}, \param{wxUint16 }{byte\_p\_spl}, \param{wxUint16 }{bits\_p\_spl}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleOutputG721}\label{wxsoundwavehandleoutputg721}
-
-\func{bool}{HandleOutputG721}{\param{wxDataInputStream\& }{data}, \param{wxUint16 }{channels}, \param{wxUint32 }{sample\_fq}, \param{wxUint32 }{byte\_p\_sec}, \param{wxUint16 }{byte\_p\_spl}, \param{wxUint16 }{bits\_p\_spl}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleInputPCM}\label{wxsoundwavehandleinputpcm}
-
-\func{wxSoundFormatBase*}{HandleInputPCM}{\param{wxDataOutputStream\& }{data}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleInputG72X}\label{wxsoundwavehandleinputg72x}
-
-\func{wxSoundFormatBase*}{HandleInputG72X}{\param{wxDataOutputStream\& }{data}}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndwin.tex

@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndwin.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:51
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundStreamWin}}\label{wxsoundstreamwin}
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-{\small \begin{verbatim}
-typedef struct \_wxSoundInternal wxSoundInternal
-\end{verbatim}}
-
-{\small \begin{verbatim}
-typedef struct \_wxSoundInfoHeader wxSoundInfoHeader
-\end{verbatim}}
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::wxSoundStreamWin}\label{wxsoundstreamwinwxsoundstreamwin}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundStreamWin}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::\destruct{wxSoundStreamWin}}\label{wxsoundstreamwindtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamWin}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamwinwrite}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamwinread}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamwinsetsoundformat}
-
-\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{wxSoundFormatBase\& }{base}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamwinstartproduction}
-
-\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamwinstopproduction}
-
-\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamwinqueuefilled}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::NotifyDoneBuffer}\label{wxsoundstreamwinnotifydonebuffer}
-
-\func{void}{NotifyDoneBuffer}{\param{wxUint32 }{dev\_handle}, \param{int }{flag}}
-
-Internal but defined as public
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamwingetbestsize}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::CreateSndWindow}\label{wxsoundstreamwincreatesndwindow}
-
-\func{void}{CreateSndWindow}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::DestroySndWindow}\label{wxsoundstreamwindestroysndwindow}
-
-\func{void}{DestroySndWindow}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::OpenDevice}\label{wxsoundstreamwinopendevice}
-
-\func{bool}{OpenDevice}{\param{int }{mode}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::CloseDevice}\label{wxsoundstreamwinclosedevice}
-
-\func{void}{CloseDevice}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::AllocHeader}\label{wxsoundstreamwinallocheader}
-
-\func{wxSoundInfoHeader*}{AllocHeader}{\param{int }{mode}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::FreeHeader}\label{wxsoundstreamwinfreeheader}
-
-\func{void}{FreeHeader}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{header}, \param{int }{mode}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::AllocHeaders}\label{wxsoundstreamwinallocheaders}
-
-\func{bool}{AllocHeaders}{\param{int }{mode}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::FreeHeaders}\label{wxsoundstreamwinfreeheaders}
-
-\func{void}{FreeHeaders}{\param{int }{mode}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::WaitFor}\label{wxsoundstreamwinwaitfor}
-
-\func{void}{WaitFor}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{info}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::AddToQueue}\label{wxsoundstreamwinaddtoqueue}
-
-\func{bool}{AddToQueue}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{info}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::ClearHeader}\label{wxsoundstreamwinclearheader}
-
-\func{void}{ClearHeader}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{info}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::NextFragmentOutput}\label{wxsoundstreamwinnextfragmentoutput}
-
-\func{wxSoundInfoHeader*}{NextFragmentOutput}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::NextFragmentInput}\label{wxsoundstreamwinnextfragmentinput}
-
-\func{wxSoundInfoHeader*}{NextFragmentInput}{\void}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/tex2rtf.ini

@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-;    Last change:  JAC  13 Oct 100    5:16 pm
-runTwice = yes
-titleFontSize = 12
-authorFontSize = 10
-chapterFontSize = 12
-sectionFontSize = 12
-subsectionFontSize = 12
-headerRule = yes
-footerRule = yes
-useHeadingStyles = yes
-listItemIndent=40
-generateHPJ = yes
-htmlBrowseButtons = bitmap
-winHelpVersion = 3
-winHelpContents = yes
-winHelpTitle = "MMedia Manual"
-truncateFilenames = no
-combineSubSections = yes
-\overview [2] {\rtfonly{See also }\settransparency{on}\sethotspotcolour{off}\sethotspotunderline{on}\winhelponly{\image{}{books.bmp}\settransparency{off}}
-\htmlonly{\image{}{books.gif}}\helpref{#1}{#2}
-\sethotspotcolour{on}\sethotspotunderline{on}}
-\docparam [2]{\parskip{0}{\it #1}\htmlignore{\par}\parskip{10}\indented{1cm}{#2}}
-\wxheading [1]{{\bf \htmlignore{\fcol{blue}{#1}}\htmlonly{\fcol{red}{#1}}}}
-\const [0] {{\bf const}}
-\constfunc [3] {{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
-\windowstyle [1] {{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
-
-;;
-;; These two are for generating MS HTML Help project, contents and index files.
-;;
-htmlWorkshopFiles = true
-htmlIndex = true
-\pythonnote [1] {{\bf \fcol{blue}{wxPython note:}} #1}
-%\pythonnote [1] {}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/texhelp.sty

@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
-% LaTeX style file
-% Name:   texhelp.sty
-% Author: Julian Smart
-%
-% Purpose
-% -------
-% Style file to enable the simultaneous preparation of printed LaTeX and on-line
-% hypertext manuals.
-% Use in conjunction with Tex2RTF (see Tex2RTF documentation).
-%
-% Note that if a non-ASCII character starts a newline and there should be a space
-% between the last word on the previous line and the first word on this line,
-% you need to use \rtfsp to generate a space in Windows Help. \rtfsp is ignored
-% in all other formats.
-%
-% Julian Smart
-% Artificial Intelligence Applications Institute
-%
-%
-% ============== C++/CLIPS Documentation Facilities ==============
-%
-% Each class definition should be typeset with e.g.
-%
-% \section{\class{Name}: Parent}
-%
-% followed by a description of the class.
-% Each member should follow:
-%
-% \membersection{wxName::Member}
-%
-% with a description of what this member does.
-% Then, one (or more if overloaded) member (function) in detail:
-%
-% \func{return type}{name}{args}
-% or
-% \member{type}{name}
-%
-% where args is a list of \param{type}{name}, ...
-
-% Function, e.g.
-% e.g. to typeset
-%
-% void DoIt(char *string);
-%
-% write:
-%
-% \func{void}{DoIt}{\param{char *}{string}}
-%
-
-\newcommand{\func}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
-{{\it #1} {\bf #2}\index{#2}}(#3)}
-
-% For function/type definition where the name is a pointer,
-% e.g. to typeset
-%
-% typedef void (*wxFunction)(wxObject&)
-%
-% write:
-%
-% \pfunc{typedef void}{wxFunction}{param{wxObject&}}
-
-\newcommand{\pfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
-{{\it #1} ({\bf *#2})\index{#2}}(#3)}
-
-% Use an ordinary \section command for class name definitions.
-
-% This is used for a member, such as wxBitmap: GetDepth
-\newcommand{\membersection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}\index{#1}}
-
-% CLIPS function
-\newcommand{\clipsfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
-{{\bf #1} ({\bf #2}\index{#2}}#3)}
-
-\newcommand{\clipssection}[1]{\chapter{#1}}
-
-% This is used for a CLIPS function name
-\newcommand{\functionsection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}}
-
-% Member: a type and a name
-\newcommand{\member}[2]{{\bf #1 \it #2}}
-
-% C++ Parameter: a type and a name (no intervening space)
-\newcommand{\param}[2]{{\it #1}{\bf #2}}
-
-% CLIPS Parameter: a type and a name (one intervening space)
-\newcommand{\cparam}[2]{{\bf #1} {\it #2}}
-
-% Class: puts in index
-\newcommand{\class}[1]{#1\index{#1}}
-
-%\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{\parskip=0pt {\it #1}\par\parskip=10pt\begin{indented}{1cm}{#2}\end{indented}}
-
-% Void type
-\newcommand{\void}{{\it void}}
-
-% Typeset destructor
-\newcommand{\destruct}[1]{{$\sim$}#1}
-
-% Typeset insert/extract operators
-\newcommand{\cinsert}{$<<$}
-\newcommand{\cextract}{$>>$}
-
-
-% =================== Hypertext facilities ===================
-%
-% To insert hyperlinks (or references, in Latex), \label the sections
-% or membersections \label{ref-label} immediately after the section, on the same line,
-% and use \helpref{text-to-show}{ref-label} to make a reference.
-%
-
-% Type text with section reference
-\newcommand{\helpref}[2]{{\it #1} (p.\ \pageref{#2}) }
-
-% Type text with URL in verbatim mode
-\newcommand{\urlref}[2]{#1 (\verb$#2$)}
-
-% Don't typeset section number in LaTeX
-\newcommand{\helprefn}[2]{{\it #1}}
-
-% Like helpref, but popup text in WinHelp instead of hyperlinked
-\newcommand{\popref}[2]{{\it #1}}
-
-% Like footnote, but popup text.
-\newcommand{\footnotepopup}[2]{{\it #1}\footnote{#2}}
-
-% =================== On-line help specific macros ===================
-%
-
-% Global document font size/family, help only.
-\newcommand{\helpfontsize}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\helpfontfamily}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in all on-line help
-\newcommand{\helpignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in all on-line help
-\newcommand{\helponly}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in LaTeX
-\newcommand{\latexignore}[1]{}
-% Only print in LaTeX
-\newcommand{\latexonly}[1]{#1}
-
-% Ignore in linear RTF
-\newcommand{\rtfignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in linear RTF
-\newcommand{\rtfonly}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in WinHelp RTF
-\newcommand{\winhelpignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in WinHelp RTF
-\newcommand{\winhelponly}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in wxHelp
-\newcommand{\xlpignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in wxHelp
-\newcommand{\xlponly}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in HTML
-\newcommand{\htmlignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in HTML
-\newcommand{\htmlonly}[1]{}
-
-% Input a file only for help system (binder thickness is not a limitation
-% in help systems!)
-\newcommand{\helpinput}[1]{}
-
-\newcommand{\rtfsp}{ } % Force a space in RTF, ignore in Latex
-
-% =================== Miscellaneous macros ===================
-%
-% Headings consistent with generated ones
-\newcommand{\myheading}[1]{\vspace*{25pt}
-\begin{flushleft}
-{\LARGE \bf #1}
-\end{flushleft}
-\vskip 20pt
-}
-
-% Heading with entry in contents page.
-\newcommand{\chapterheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
-\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}}
-
-\newcommand{\sectionheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
-\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}
-
-% Glossary environment
-\newenvironment{helpglossary}{\newpage\chapterheading{Glossary}\begin{description}}{\end{description}}
-
-% Glossary entry
-\newcommand{\gloss}[1]{\item[#1]\index{#1}}
-
-% Image: EPS in Latex, BMP or MF (whatever's available) in RTF. Requires psbox.
-\newcommand{\image}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
-
-% Image, left aligned (HTML)
-\newcommand{\imager}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
-
-% Image, right aligned (HTML)
-\newcommand{\imagel}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
-
-% Imagemap: principally for HTML only. In Latex,
-% acts like \image.
-\newcommand{\imagemap}[3]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
-
-% Headers and footers
-% \setheader{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
-% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
-\newcommand{\setheader}[6]{
-\lhead[\fancyplain{}{#1}]{\fancyplain{}{#4}}
-\chead[\fancyplain{}{#2}]{\fancyplain{}{#5}}
-\rhead[\fancyplain{}{#3}]{\fancyplain{}{#6}}
-}
-
-% \setfooter{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
-% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
-\newcommand{\setfooter}[6]{
-\lfoot[\fancyplain{#1}{#1}]{\fancyplain{#4}{#4}}
-\cfoot[\fancyplain{#2}{#2}]{\fancyplain{#5}{#5}}
-\rfoot[\fancyplain{#3}{#3}]{\fancyplain{#6}{#6}}
-}
-
-% Needed for telling RTF where margin paragraph should go
-% in mirrored margins mode.
-\newcommand{\marginpareven}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
-\newcommand{\marginparodd}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
-
-% Environment for two-column table popular in WinHelp and manuals.
-\newcommand{\twocolwidtha}[1]{\def\twocolwidthaval{#1}}
-\newcommand{\twocolwidthb}[1]{\def\twocolwidthbval{#1}}
-\newcommand{\twocolspacing}[1]{\def\twocolspacingval{#1}}
-
-\twocolwidtha{3cm}
-\twocolwidthb{8.5cm}
-\twocolspacing{2}
-
-\newcommand{\twocolitem}[2]{#1 & #2\\}
-\newcommand{\twocolitemruled}[2]{#1 & #2\\\hline}
-
-\newenvironment{twocollist}{\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{\twocolspacingval}\begin{tabular}{lp{\twocolwidthbval}}}%
-{\end{tabular}\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}}
-
-% Specifying table rows for RTF compatibility
-\newcommand{\row}[1]{#1\\}
-
-% Use for the last ruled row for correct RTF generation.
-\newcommand{\ruledrow}[1]{#1\\\hline}
-
-% Indentation environment. Arg1 is left margin size
-\newenvironment{indented}[1]{\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=#1}\item[]}%
-{\end{list}}
-
-% Framed box of text, normal formatting.
-\newcommand{\normalbox}[1]{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}
-% Double-framed box of text.
-\newcommand{\normalboxd}[1]{\fbox{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}}
-
-% WITHDRAWN -- can't do in RTF, easily.
-% Framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
-% \newcommand{\centeredbox}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}\end{center}}
-% Double-framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
-% \newcommand{\centeredboxd}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}}\end{center}}
-
-% toocomplex environment: simply prints the argument in LaTeX,
-% comes out verbatim in all generated formats.
-\newenvironment{toocomplex}{}{}
-
-% Colour: dummy commands since LaTeX doesn't support colour.
-% \definecolour{name}{red}{blue}{green}
-% \fcol{name}{text} ; Foreground
-% \bcol{name}{text} ; Background
-\newcommand{\definecolour}[4]{}
-\newcommand{\definecolor}[4]{}
-\newcommand{\fcol}[2]{#2}
-\newcommand{\bcol}[2]{#2}
-\newcommand{\sethotspotcolour}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\sethotspotunderline}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\settransparency}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\backslashraw}[0]{}
-\newcommand{\lbraceraw}[0]{}
-\newcommand{\rbraceraw}[0]{}
-\newcommand{\registered}[0]{(r)}
-\newcommand{\background}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\textcolour}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\overview}[2]{See \helpref{#1}{#2}.}
-\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{{\it #1}\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=1cm}\item[]
-#2%
-\end{list}}
-\newcommand{\wxheading}[1]{{\bf #1}}
-\newcommand{\const}[0]{{\bf const}}
-\newcommand{\constfunc}[3]{{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
-\newcommand{\windowstyle}[1]{{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
-
-\addtolength{\textwidth}{1in}
-\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-0.5in}
-\addtolength{\topmargin}{-0.5in}
-\addtolength{\textheight}{1in}
-\sloppy
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/topics.tex

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Topic overviews}\label{overviews}
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-
-The following sections describe particular topics.
-
-\section{MMedia extension overview}\label{mmedoverview}
-
-To be written.
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/vidbase.tex

@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/vidbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:51:56
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxVideoBaseDriver}}\label{wxvideobasedriver}
-
-Classes definition
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-wxObject
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-{\small \begin{verbatim}
-typedef enum {
-  wxVIDEO\_MSAVI,
-  wxVIDEO\_MPEG,
-  wxVIDEO\_QT,
-  wxVIDEO\_GIF,
-  wxVIDEO\_JMOV,
-  wxVIDEO\_FLI,
-  wxVIDEO\_IFF,
-  wxVIDEO\_SGI,
-  wxVIDEO\_MPEG2
-} wxVideoType
-\end{verbatim}}
-
-wxMMedia2 (video) types
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::wxVideoBaseDriver}\label{wxvideobasedriverwxvideobasedriver}
-
-\func{}{wxVideoBaseDriver}{\void}
-
-Ctors
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::wxVideoBaseDriver}\label{wxvideobasedriverwxvideobasedriver}
-
-\func{}{wxVideoBaseDriver}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{str}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::wxVideoBaseDriver}\label{wxvideobasedriverwxvideobasedriver}
-
-\func{}{wxVideoBaseDriver}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::\destruct{wxVideoBaseDriver}}\label{wxvideobasedriverdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxVideoBaseDriver}}{\void}
-
-Dtor
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Play}\label{wxvideobasedriverplay}
-
-\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
-
-Usual functions ... They all return FALSE in case of errors.
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Stop}\label{wxvideobasedriverstop}
-
-\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Pause}\label{wxvideobasedriverpause}
-
-\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Resume}\label{wxvideobasedriverresume}
-
-\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::SetSize}\label{wxvideobasedriversetsize}
-
-\func{bool}{SetSize}{\param{wxSize }{size}}
-
-Size management
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetSize}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetsize}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetSize}{\param{wxSize\& }{size}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::IsCapable}\label{wxvideobasedriveriscapable}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsCapable}{\param{wxVideoType }{WXUNUSED(v\_type)}}
-
-Test the capability of the driver to handle the specified type
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetMovieCodec}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetmoviecodec}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetMovieCodec}{\void}
-
-Return the video codec name
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetAudioCodec}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetaudiocodec}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetAudioCodec}{\void}
-
-Return the audio codec name
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetSampleRate}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetsamplerate}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
-
-Return misc info about audio
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetChannels}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetchannels}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetBPS}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetbps}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetFrameRate}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetframerate}
-
-\constfunc{double}{GetFrameRate}{\void}
-
-Return frame rate
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetNbFrames}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetnbframes}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetNbFrames}{\void}
-
-Return number of frames
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::OnFinished}\label{wxvideobasedriveronfinished}
-
-\func{void}{OnFinished}{\void}
-
-Called when the movie finished
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::AttachOutput}\label{wxvideobasedriverattachoutput}
-
-\func{bool}{AttachOutput}{\param{wxWindow\& }{output}}
-
-Attaches the video output to a window. The video will be shown in that window.
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::DetachOutput}\label{wxvideobasedriverdetachoutput}
-
-\func{void}{DetachOutput}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::IsPaused}\label{wxvideobasedriverispaused}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
-
-They return the state of the movie.
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::IsStopped}\label{wxvideobasedriverisstopped}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/vidwin.tex

@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/vidwin.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:03
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxVideoWindows}}\label{wxvideowindows}
-
-
-
-Class definition
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxVideoBaseDriver}{wxvideobasedriver}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-{\small \begin{verbatim}
-typedef struct VIDW\_Internal {
-    MCIDEVICEID m\_dev\_id
-};
-\end{verbatim}}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::OpenFile}\label{wxvideowindowsopenfile}
-
-\func{void}{OpenFile}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::wxVideoWindows}\label{wxvideowindowswxvideowindows}
-
-\func{}{wxVideoWindows}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::wxVideoWindows}\label{wxvideowindowswxvideowindows}
-
-\func{}{wxVideoWindows}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{str}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::wxVideoWindows}\label{wxvideowindowswxvideowindows}
-
-\func{}{wxVideoWindows}{\param{const wxString\& }{fname}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::\destruct{wxVideoWindows}}\label{wxvideowindowsdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxVideoWindows}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Play}\label{wxvideowindowsplay}
-
-\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Stop}\label{wxvideowindowsstop}
-
-\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Pause}\label{wxvideowindowspause}
-
-\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Resume}\label{wxvideowindowsresume}
-
-\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetSize}\label{wxvideowindowsgetsize}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetSize}{\param{wxSize\& }{size}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::SetSize}\label{wxvideowindowssetsize}
-
-\func{bool}{SetSize}{\param{wxSize }{size}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetMovieCodec}\label{wxvideowindowsgetmoviecodec}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetMovieCodec}{\void}
-
-Return codec name for each stream.
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetAudioCodec}\label{wxvideowindowsgetaudiocodec}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetAudioCodec}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetSampleRate}\label{wxvideowindowsgetsamplerate}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
-
-Return misc. info about audio
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetChannels}\label{wxvideowindowsgetchannels}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetBPS}\label{wxvideowindowsgetbps}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetFrameRate}\label{wxvideowindowsgetframerate}
-
-\constfunc{double}{GetFrameRate}{\void}
-
-Return the frame rate of the video (in frames/second)
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetNbFrames}\label{wxvideowindowsgetnbframes}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetNbFrames}{\void}
-
-Return the total number of frames in the movie
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::IsCapable}\label{wxvideowindowsiscapable}
-
-\func{bool}{IsCapable}{\param{wxVideoType }{v\_type}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::AttachOutput}\label{wxvideowindowsattachoutput}
-
-\func{bool}{AttachOutput}{\param{wxWindow\& }{output}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::DetachOutput}\label{wxvideowindowsdetachoutput}
-
-\func{void}{DetachOutput}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::IsPaused}\label{wxvideowindowsispaused}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::IsStopped}\label{wxvideowindowsisstopped}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/vidxanm.tex

@@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/vidxanm.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:06
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxVideoXANIM}}\label{wxvideoxanim}
-
-
-
-Class definition
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxVideoBaseDriver}{wxvideobasedriver}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-{\small \begin{verbatim}
-typedef struct wxXANIMinternal {
-    Display *xanim\_dpy
-\end{verbatim}}
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::wxVideoXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimwxvideoxanim}
-
-\func{}{wxVideoXANIM}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::wxVideoXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimwxvideoxanim}
-
-\func{}{wxVideoXANIM}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{str}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::wxVideoXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimwxvideoxanim}
-
-\func{}{wxVideoXANIM}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::\destruct{wxVideoXANIM}}\label{wxvideoxanimdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxVideoXANIM}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Play}\label{wxvideoxanimplay}
-
-\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Pause}\label{wxvideoxanimpause}
-
-\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Resume}\label{wxvideoxanimresume}
-
-\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Stop}\label{wxvideoxanimstop}
-
-\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::SetVolume}\label{wxvideoxanimsetvolume}
-
-\func{bool}{SetVolume}{\param{wxUint8 }{vol}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::SetSize}\label{wxvideoxanimsetsize}
-
-\func{bool}{SetSize}{\param{wxSize }{size}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetSize}\label{wxvideoxanimgetsize}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetSize}{\param{wxSize\& }{size}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetMovieCodec}\label{wxvideoxanimgetmoviecodec}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetMovieCodec}{\void}
-
-Return the video codec name
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetAudioCodec}\label{wxvideoxanimgetaudiocodec}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetAudioCodec}{\void}
-
-Return the audio codec name
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetSampleRate}\label{wxvideoxanimgetsamplerate}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
-
-Return misc info about audio
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetChannels}\label{wxvideoxanimgetchannels}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetBPS}\label{wxvideoxanimgetbps}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetFrameRate}\label{wxvideoxanimgetframerate}
-
-\constfunc{double}{GetFrameRate}{\void}
-
-Return frame rate
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetNbFrames}\label{wxvideoxanimgetnbframes}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetNbFrames}{\void}
-
-Return number of frames in the movie
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::IsCapable}\label{wxvideoxanimiscapable}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsCapable}{\param{wxVideoType }{v\_type}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::AttachOutput}\label{wxvideoxanimattachoutput}
-
-\func{bool}{AttachOutput}{\param{wxWindow\& }{output}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::DetachOutput}\label{wxvideoxanimdetachoutput}
-
-\func{void}{DetachOutput}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::IsPaused}\label{wxvideoxanimispaused}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::IsStopped}\label{wxvideoxanimisstopped}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::RestartXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimrestartxanim}
-
-\func{bool}{RestartXANIM}{\void}
-
-Start the subprocess with the right parameters
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::SendCommand}\label{wxvideoxanimsendcommand}
-
-\func{bool}{SendCommand}{\param{const char* }{command}, \param{char** }{ret = NULL}, \param{wxUint32* }{size = NULL}}
-
-Send a command to the subprocess
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::CollectInfo}\label{wxvideoxanimcollectinfo}
-
-\func{bool}{CollectInfo}{\void}
-
-Collect informations from XAnim
-

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/bugs.tex

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Bugs}\label{bugs}%
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-
-These are the known bugs.
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item In the OGLEdit sample, .dia files are output double-spaced
-due to an unidentified bug in the way a stream is converted to a file.
-\end{itemize}
-

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/changes.tex

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Change log}
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-
-Version 3.0, September 8th 1998
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item Version for wxWindows 2.0.
-\item Various enhancements especially to wxDrawnShape
-(multiple metafiles, for different orientations).
-\item More ability to override functions e.g. OnSizeDragLeft, so events can be
-intercepted for Do/Undo.
-\end{itemize}
-
-Version 2.0, June 1st 1996
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item First publicly released version.
-\end{itemize}

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/intro.tex

@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Introduction}
-\pagenumbering{arabic}%
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-
-Object Graphics Library (\ogl) is a C++ library supporting the creation and
-manipulation of simple and complex graphic images on a canvas.
-
-It can be found in the directory {\tt utils/ogl/src} in the
-wxWindows distribution. The file {\tt ogl.h} must be included to make use
-of the library.
-
-Please see \helpref{OGL overview}{ogloverview} for a general description how the object library works. For details,
-please see the \helpref{class reference}{classref}.
-
-\section{File structure}
-
-These are the files that comprise the \ogl\ library.
-
-\begin{description}\itemsep=0pt
-\item[basic.h] Header for basic objects such as wxShape and wxRectangleShape.
-\item[basic.cpp] Basic objects implementation (1).
-\item[basic2.cpp] Basic objects implementation (2).
-\item[bmpshape.h] wxBitmapShape class header.
-\item[bmpshape.cpp] wxBitmapShape implementation.
-\item[canvas.h] wxShapeCanvas class header.
-\item[canvas.cpp] wxShapeCanvas class implementation.
-\item[composit.h] Composite object class header.
-\item[composit.cpp] Composite object class implementation.
-\item[constrnt.h] Constraint classes header.
-\item[constrnt.cpp] Constraint classes implementation.
-\item[divided.h] Divided object class header.
-\item[divided.cpp] Divided object class implementation.
-\item[drawn.h] Drawn (metafile) object class header.
-\item[drawn.cpp] Drawn (metafile) object class implementation.
-\item[graphics.h] Main include file.
-\item[lines.h] wxLineShape class header.
-\item[lines.cpp] wxLineShape class implementation.
-\item[misc.h] Miscellaneous graphics functions header.
-\item[misc.cpp] Miscellaneous graphics functions implementation.
-\item[ogldiag.h] wxDiagram class header.
-\item[ogldiag.cpp] wxDiagram implementation.
-\item[mfutils.h] Metafile utilities header.
-\item[mfutils.cpp] Metafile utilities implementation.
-\end{description}
-
-

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/ogl.hpj

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-[OPTIONS]
-BMROOT=d:\wx2\wxwind~1\contrib\docs\latex\ogl ; Assume that bitmaps are where the source is
-TITLE=OGL Manual
-CONTENTS=Contents
-COMPRESS=HIGH
-
-[FILES]
-ogl.rtf
-
-[CONFIG]
-CreateButton("Up", "&Up", "JumpId(`ogl.hlp', `Contents')")
-BrowseButtons()
-
-[MAP]
-
-[BITMAPS]
-

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/ogl.tex

@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-\documentstyle[a4,makeidx,verbatim,texhelp,fancyhea,mysober,mytitle]{report}
-\newcommand{\ogl}[0]{{OGL}}%
-\definecolour{black}{0}{0}{0}%
-\definecolour{cyan}{0}{255}{255}%
-\definecolour{green}{0}{255}{0}%
-\definecolour{magenta}{255}{0}{255}%
-\definecolour{red}{255}{0}{0}%
-\definecolour{blue}{0}{0}{200}%
-\definecolour{yellow}{255}{255}{0}%
-\definecolour{white}{255}{255}{255}%
-\input psbox.tex
-\parindent 0pt
-\parskip 11pt
-\title{Object Graphics Library 3.0}
-\author{Julian Smart}
-\date{September 1998}
-
-\makeindex
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
-
-\pagestyle{fancyplain}
-\bibliographystyle{plain}
-\pagenumbering{roman}
-\setheader{{\it CONTENTS}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CONTENTS}}
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-\tableofcontents%
-
-\input{intro.tex}
-%
-\input{sample.tex}
-%
-\input{classes.tex}
-%
-\input{topics.tex}
-%
-\input{bugs.tex}
-%
-\input{changes.tex}
-
-%
-\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index}
-\setheader{{\it INDEX}}{}{}{}{}{{\it INDEX}}
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
-\printindex
-\end{document}

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/sample.tex

@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{OGLEdit: a sample OGL application}\label{ogledit}%
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-
-OGLEdit is a sample OGL application that allows the user to draw, edit,
-save and load a few shapes. It should clarify aspects of OGL usage, and
-can act as a template for similar applications. OGLEdit can be found in\rtfsp
-{\tt samples/ogledit} in the OGL distribution.
-
-$$\image{10cm;0cm}{ogledit.eps}$$\par
-
-The wxWindows document/view model has been used in OGL, to reduce the amount of
-housekeeping logic required to get it up and running. OGLEdit also provides
-a demonstration of the Undo/Redo capability supported by the document/view classes,
-and how a typical application might implement this feature.
-
-\section{OGLEdit files}
-
-OGLEdit comprises the following source files.
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item doc.h, doc.cpp: MyDiagram, DiagramDocument, DiagramCommand, MyEvtHandler
-classes related to diagram functionality and documents.
-\item view.h, view.cpp: MyCanvas, DiagramView classes related to visualisation of
-the diagram.
-\item ogledit.h, ogledit.cpp: MyFrame, MyApp classes related to the overall application.
-\item palette.h, palette.cpp: EditorToolPalette implementing the shape palette.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\section{How OGLEdit works}
-
-OGLEdit defines a DiagramDocument class, each of instance of which holds a MyDiagram
-member which itself contains the shapes.
-
-In order to implement specific mouse behaviour for shapes, a class MyEvtHandler is
-defined which is `plugged into' each shape when it is created, instead of overriding each shape class
-individually. This event handler class also holds a label string.
-
-The DiagramCommand class is the key to implementing Undo/Redo. Each instance of DiagramCommand
-stores enough information about an operation (create, delete, change colour etc.) to allow
-it to carry out (or undo) its command. In DiagramView::OnMenuCommand, when the user initiates the
-command, a new DiagramCommand instance is created which is then sent to the document's
-command processor (see wxWindows manual for more information about doc/view and command
-processing).
-
-Apart from menu commands, another way commands are initiated is by the user left-clicking on
-the canvas or right-dragging on a node. MyCanvas::OnLeftClick in view.cpp shows how
-the appropriate wxClassInfo is passed to a DiagramCommand, to allow DiagramCommand::Do
-to create a new shape given the wxClassInfo.
-
-The MyEvtHandler right-drag methods in doc.cpp implement drawing a line between
-two shapes, detecting where the right mouse button was released and looking for a second
-shape. Again, a new DiagramCommand instance is created and passed to the command
-processor to carry out the command.
-
-DiagramCommand::Do and DiagramCommand::Undo embody much of the
-interesting interaction with the OGL library. A complication of note
-when implementing undo is the problem of deleting a node shape which has
-one or more arcs attached to it. If you delete the node, the arc(s)
-should be deleted too. But multiple arc deletion represents more information
-that can be incorporated in the existing DiagramCommand scheme. OGLEdit
-copes with this by treating each arc deletion as a separate command, and
-sending Cut commands recursively, providing an undo path. Undoing such a
-Cut will only undo one command at a time - not a one to one
-correspondence with the original command - but it's a reasonable
-compromise and preserves Do/Undo whilst keeping our DiagramCommand class
-simple.
-
-\section{Possible enhancements}
-
-OGLEdit is very simplistic and does not employ the more advanced features
-of OGL, such as:
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item attachment points (arcs are drawn to particular points on a shape)
-\item metafile and bitmaps shapes
-\item divided rectangles
-\item composite shapes, and constraints
-\item creating labels in shape regions
-\item arc labels (OGL has support for three movable labels per arc)
-\item spline and multiple-segment line arcs
-\item adding annotations to node and arc shapes
-\item line-straightening (supported by OGL) and alignment (not supported directly by OGL)
-\end{itemize}
-
-These could be added to OGLEdit, at the risk of making it a less
-useful example for beginners.

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/tex2rtf.ini

@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-;    Last change:  JAC  13 Oct 100    5:11 pm
-runTwice = yes
-titleFontSize = 12
-authorFontSize = 10
-chapterFontSize = 12
-sectionFontSize = 12
-subsectionFontSize = 12
-headerRule = yes
-footerRule = yes
-useHeadingStyles = yes
-listItemIndent=40
-generateHPJ = no
-htmlBrowseButtons = bitmap
-winHelpVersion = 3
-winHelpContents = yes
-winHelpTitle = "OGL Manual"
-truncateFilenames = yes
-combineSubSections = yes
-\overview [2] {\rtfonly{See also }\settransparency{on}\sethotspotcolour{off}\sethotspotunderline{on}\winhelponly{\image{}{books.bmp}\settransparency{off}}
-\htmlonly{\image{}{books.gif}}\helpref{#1}{#2}
-\sethotspotcolour{on}\sethotspotunderline{on}}
-\docparam [2]{\parskip{0}{\it #1}\htmlignore{\par}\parskip{10}\indented{1cm}{#2}}
-\wxheading [1]{{\bf \htmlignore{\fcol{blue}{#1}}\htmlonly{\fcol{red}{#1}}}}
-\const [0] {{\bf const}}
-\constfunc [3] {{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
-\windowstyle [1] {{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
-
-;;
-;; These two are for generating MS HTML Help project, contents and index files.
-;;
-htmlWorkshopFiles = true
-htmlIndex = true
-\pythonnote [1] {{\bf \fcol{blue}{wxPython note:}} #1}
-%\pythonnote [1] {}
-

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/texhelp.sty

@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
-% LaTeX style file
-% Name:   texhelp.sty
-% Author: Julian Smart
-%
-% Purpose
-% -------
-% Style file to enable the simultaneous preparation of printed LaTeX and on-line
-% hypertext manuals.
-% Use in conjunction with Tex2RTF (see Tex2RTF documentation).
-%
-% Note that if a non-ASCII character starts a newline and there should be a space
-% between the last word on the previous line and the first word on this line,
-% you need to use \rtfsp to generate a space in Windows Help. \rtfsp is ignored
-% in all other formats.
-%
-% Julian Smart
-% Artificial Intelligence Applications Institute
-%
-%
-% ============== C++/CLIPS Documentation Facilities ==============
-%
-% Each class definition should be typeset with e.g.
-%
-% \section{\class{Name}: Parent}
-%
-% followed by a description of the class.
-% Each member should follow:
-%
-% \membersection{wxName::Member}
-%
-% with a description of what this member does.
-% Then, one (or more if overloaded) member (function) in detail:
-%
-% \func{return type}{name}{args}
-% or
-% \member{type}{name}
-%
-% where args is a list of \param{type}{name}, ...
-
-% Function, e.g.
-% e.g. to typeset
-%
-% void DoIt(char *string);
-%
-% write:
-%
-% \func{void}{DoIt}{\param{char *}{string}}
-%
-
-\newcommand{\func}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
-{{\it #1} {\bf #2}\index{#2}}(#3)}
-
-% For function/type definition where the name is a pointer,
-% e.g. to typeset
-%
-% typedef void (*wxFunction)(wxObject&)
-%
-% write:
-%
-% \pfunc{typedef void}{wxFunction}{param{wxObject&}}
-
-\newcommand{\pfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
-{{\it #1} ({\bf *#2})\index{#2}}(#3)}
-
-% Use an ordinary \section command for class name definitions.
-
-% This is used for a member, such as wxBitmap: GetDepth
-\newcommand{\membersection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}\index{#1}}
-
-% CLIPS function
-\newcommand{\clipsfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
-{{\bf #1} ({\bf #2}\index{#2}}#3)}
-
-\newcommand{\clipssection}[1]{\chapter{#1}}
-
-% This is used for a CLIPS function name
-\newcommand{\functionsection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}}
-
-% Member: a type and a name
-\newcommand{\member}[2]{{\bf #1 \it #2}}
-
-% C++ Parameter: a type and a name (no intervening space)
-\newcommand{\param}[2]{{\it #1}{\bf #2}}
-
-% CLIPS Parameter: a type and a name (one intervening space)
-\newcommand{\cparam}[2]{{\bf #1} {\it #2}}
-
-% Class: puts in index
-\newcommand{\class}[1]{#1\index{#1}}
-
-%\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{\parskip=0pt {\it #1}\par\parskip=10pt\begin{indented}{1cm}{#2}\end{indented}}
-
-% Void type
-\newcommand{\void}{{\it void}}
-
-% Typeset destructor
-\newcommand{\destruct}[1]{{$\sim$}#1}
-
-% Typeset insert/extract operators
-\newcommand{\cinsert}{$<<$}
-\newcommand{\cextract}{$>>$}
-
-
-% =================== Hypertext facilities ===================
-%
-% To insert hyperlinks (or references, in Latex), \label the sections
-% or membersections \label{ref-label} immediately after the section, on the same line,
-% and use \helpref{text-to-show}{ref-label} to make a reference.
-%
-
-% Type text with section reference
-\newcommand{\helpref}[2]{{\it #1} (p.\ \pageref{#2}) }
-
-% Type text with URL in verbatim mode
-\newcommand{\urlref}[2]{#1 (\verb$#2$)}
-
-% Don't typeset section number in LaTeX
-\newcommand{\helprefn}[2]{{\it #1}}
-
-% Like helpref, but popup text in WinHelp instead of hyperlinked
-\newcommand{\popref}[2]{{\it #1}}
-
-% Like footnote, but popup text.
-\newcommand{\footnotepopup}[2]{{\it #1}\footnote{#2}}
-
-% =================== On-line help specific macros ===================
-%
-
-% Global document font size/family, help only.
-\newcommand{\helpfontsize}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\helpfontfamily}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in all on-line help
-\newcommand{\helpignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in all on-line help
-\newcommand{\helponly}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in LaTeX
-\newcommand{\latexignore}[1]{}
-% Only print in LaTeX
-\newcommand{\latexonly}[1]{#1}
-
-% Ignore in linear RTF
-\newcommand{\rtfignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in linear RTF
-\newcommand{\rtfonly}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in WinHelp RTF
-\newcommand{\winhelpignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in WinHelp RTF
-\newcommand{\winhelponly}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in wxHelp
-\newcommand{\xlpignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in wxHelp
-\newcommand{\xlponly}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in HTML
-\newcommand{\htmlignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in HTML
-\newcommand{\htmlonly}[1]{}
-
-% Input a file only for help system (binder thickness is not a limitation
-% in help systems!)
-\newcommand{\helpinput}[1]{}
-
-\newcommand{\rtfsp}{ } % Force a space in RTF, ignore in Latex
-
-% =================== Miscellaneous macros ===================
-%
-% Headings consistent with generated ones
-\newcommand{\myheading}[1]{\vspace*{25pt}
-\begin{flushleft}
-{\LARGE \bf #1}
-\end{flushleft}
-\vskip 20pt
-}
-
-% Heading with entry in contents page.
-\newcommand{\chapterheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
-\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}}
-
-\newcommand{\sectionheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
-\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}
-
-% Glossary environment
-\newenvironment{helpglossary}{\newpage\chapterheading{Glossary}\begin{description}}{\end{description}}
-
-% Glossary entry
-\newcommand{\gloss}[1]{\item[#1]\index{#1}}
-
-% Image: EPS in Latex, BMP or MF (whatever's available) in RTF. Requires psbox.
-\newcommand{\image}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
-
-% Image, left aligned (HTML)
-\newcommand{\imager}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
-
-% Image, right aligned (HTML)
-\newcommand{\imagel}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
-
-% Imagemap: principally for HTML only. In Latex,
-% acts like \image.
-\newcommand{\imagemap}[3]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
-
-% Headers and footers
-% \setheader{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
-% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
-\newcommand{\setheader}[6]{
-\lhead[\fancyplain{}{#1}]{\fancyplain{}{#4}}
-\chead[\fancyplain{}{#2}]{\fancyplain{}{#5}}
-\rhead[\fancyplain{}{#3}]{\fancyplain{}{#6}}
-}
-
-% \setfooter{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
-% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
-\newcommand{\setfooter}[6]{
-\lfoot[\fancyplain{#1}{#1}]{\fancyplain{#4}{#4}}
-\cfoot[\fancyplain{#2}{#2}]{\fancyplain{#5}{#5}}
-\rfoot[\fancyplain{#3}{#3}]{\fancyplain{#6}{#6}}
-}
-
-% Needed for telling RTF where margin paragraph should go
-% in mirrored margins mode.
-\newcommand{\marginpareven}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
-\newcommand{\marginparodd}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
-
-% Environment for two-column table popular in WinHelp and manuals.
-\newcommand{\twocolwidtha}[1]{\def\twocolwidthaval{#1}}
-\newcommand{\twocolwidthb}[1]{\def\twocolwidthbval{#1}}
-\newcommand{\twocolspacing}[1]{\def\twocolspacingval{#1}}
-
-\twocolwidtha{3cm}
-\twocolwidthb{8.5cm}
-\twocolspacing{2}
-
-\newcommand{\twocolitem}[2]{#1 & #2\\}
-\newcommand{\twocolitemruled}[2]{#1 & #2\\\hline}
-
-\newenvironment{twocollist}{\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{\twocolspacingval}\begin{tabular}{lp{\twocolwidthbval}}}%
-{\end{tabular}\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}}
-
-% Specifying table rows for RTF compatibility
-\newcommand{\row}[1]{#1\\}
-
-% Use for the last ruled row for correct RTF generation.
-\newcommand{\ruledrow}[1]{#1\\\hline}
-
-% Indentation environment. Arg1 is left margin size
-\newenvironment{indented}[1]{\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=#1}\item[]}%
-{\end{list}}
-
-% Framed box of text, normal formatting.
-\newcommand{\normalbox}[1]{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}
-% Double-framed box of text.
-\newcommand{\normalboxd}[1]{\fbox{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}}
-
-% WITHDRAWN -- can't do in RTF, easily.
-% Framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
-% \newcommand{\centeredbox}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}\end{center}}
-% Double-framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
-% \newcommand{\centeredboxd}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}}\end{center}}
-
-% toocomplex environment: simply prints the argument in LaTeX,
-% comes out verbatim in all generated formats.
-\newenvironment{toocomplex}{}{}
-
-% Colour: dummy commands since LaTeX doesn't support colour.
-% \definecolour{name}{red}{blue}{green}
-% \fcol{name}{text} ; Foreground
-% \bcol{name}{text} ; Background
-\newcommand{\definecolour}[4]{}
-\newcommand{\definecolor}[4]{}
-\newcommand{\fcol}[2]{#2}
-\newcommand{\bcol}[2]{#2}
-\newcommand{\sethotspotcolour}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\sethotspotunderline}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\settransparency}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\backslashraw}[0]{}
-\newcommand{\lbraceraw}[0]{}
-\newcommand{\rbraceraw}[0]{}
-\newcommand{\registered}[0]{(r)}
-\newcommand{\background}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\textcolour}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\overview}[2]{See \helpref{#1}{#2}.}
-\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{{\it #1}\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=1cm}\item[]
-#2%
-\end{list}}
-\newcommand{\wxheading}[1]{{\bf #1}}
-\newcommand{\const}[0]{{\bf const}}
-\newcommand{\constfunc}[3]{{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
-\newcommand{\windowstyle}[1]{{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
-
-\addtolength{\textwidth}{1in}
-\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-0.5in}
-\addtolength{\topmargin}{-0.5in}
-\addtolength{\textheight}{1in}
-\sloppy
-

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/topics.tex

@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Topic overviews}
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-
-The following sections describe particular topics.
-
-\section{OGL overview}\label{ogloverview}
-
-\helpref{wxShapeCanvas}{wxshapecanvas}, derived from {\bf wxCanvas}, is the drawing area
-for a number of \helpref{wxShape}{wxshape} instances. Everything drawn on a
-wxShapeCanvas is derived from wxShape, which provides virtual
-member functions for redrawing, creating and destroying
-resize/selection `handles', movement and erasing behaviour, mouse
-click behaviour, calculating the bounding box of the shape, linking
-nodes with arcs, and so on.
-
-The way a client application copes with `damage' to the canvas is to
-erase (white out) anything should no longer be displayed, redraw the shape,
-and then redraw everything on the canvas to repair any damage. If quick edit
-mode is on for the canvas, the complete should be omitted by OGL and the
-application.
-
-Selection handles (called control points in the code) are implemented as
-wxRectangleShapes.
-
-Events are passed to shapes by the canvas in a high-level form, for example {\bf OnLeftClick},
-{\bf OnBeginDragLeft}, {\bf OnDragLeft}, {\bf OnEndDragLeft}. The canvas decides
-what is a click and what is a drag, whether it is on a shape or the canvas itself,
-and (by interrogating the shape) which attachment point the click is associated with.
-
-In order to provide event-handling flexibility, each shapes has an `event handler' associated with it,
-which by default is the shape itself (all shapes derive from wxShapeEvtHandler).
-An application can modify the event-handling behaviour simply by plugging a new
-event handler into the shape. This can avoid the need for multiple inheritance when
-new properties and behaviour are required for a number of different shape classes: instead
-of overriding each class, one new event handler class can be defined and used for all
-existing shape classes.
-
-A range of shapes have been predefined in the library, including rectangles, ellipses,
-polygons. A client application can derive from these shapes and/or derive entirely
-new shapes from wxShape.
-
-Instances of a class called \helpref{wxDiagram}{wxdiagram} organise collections of
-shapes, providing default file input and output behaviour.
-
-\section{wxDividedShape overview}\label{dividedshapeoverview}
-
-Classes: \helpref{wxDividedShape}{wxdividedshape}
-
-A wxDividedShape is a rectangle with a number of vertical divisions. Each
-division may have its text formatted with independent characteristics, and
-the size of each division relative to the whole image may be specified.
-
-Once a wxDividedShape has been created, the user may move the divisions with the
-mouse. By pressing Ctrl while right-clicking, the region attributes can be edited.
-
-Here are examples of creating wxDividedShape objects:
-
-{\small
-\begin{verbatim}
-  /*
-   * Divided rectangle with 3 regions
-   *
-   */
-
-  wxDividedShape *dividedRect = new wxDividedShape(50, 60);
-
-  wxShapeRegion *region = new wxShapeRegion;
-  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
-  dividedRect->AddRegion(region);
-
-  region = new wxShapeRegion;
-  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.5);
-  dividedRect->AddRegion(region);
-
-  region = new wxShapeRegion;
-  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
-  dividedRect->AddRegion(region);
-  
-  dividedRect->SetSize(50, 60); // Allow it to calculate region sizes
-  dividedRect->SetPen(wxBLACK_PEN);
-  dividedRect->SetBrush(wxWHITE_BRUSH);
-  dividedRect->Show(TRUE);
-  dividedRect->NameRegions();
-
-  /*
-   * Divided rectangle with 3 regions, rounded
-   *
-   */
-
-  wxDividedShape *dividedRect3 = new wxDividedShape(50, 60);
-  dividedRect3->SetCornerRadius(-0.4);
-
-  region = new wxShapeRegion;
-  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
-  dividedRect3->AddRegion(region);
-
-  region = new wxShapeRegion;
-  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.5);
-  dividedRect3->AddRegion(region);
-
-  region = new wxShapeRegion;
-  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
-  dividedRect3->AddRegion(region);
-  
-  dividedRect3->SetSize(50, 60); // Allow it to calculate region sizes
-  dividedRect3->SetPen(wxBLACK_PEN);
-  dividedRect3->SetBrush(wxWHITE_BRUSH);
-  dividedRect3->Show(TRUE);
-  dividedRect3->NameRegions();
-\end{verbatim}
-}
-
-\section{wxCompositeShape overview}\label{compositeshapeoverview}
-
-Classes: \helpref{wxCompositeShape}{wxcompositeshape}, \helpref{wxOGLConstraint}{wxoglconstraint}
-
-The wxCompositeShape allows fairly complex shapes to be created, and maintains
-a set of constraints which specify the layout and proportions of child shapes.
-
-Add child shapes to a wxCompositeShape using \helpref{AddChild}{wxcompositeshapeaddchild}, and
-add constraints using \helpref{AddConstraint}{wxcompositeshapeaddconstraint}.
-
-After children and shapes have been added, call \helpref{Recompute}{wxcompositeshaperecompute} which
-will return TRUE is the constraints could be satisfied, FALSE otherwise. If
-constraints have been correctly and consistently specified, this call will succeed.
-
-If there is more than one child, constraints must be specified: OGL cannot calculate
-the size and position of children otherwise. Don't assume that children will simply
-move relative to the parent without the use of constraints.
-
-To specify a constraint, you need three things:
-
-\begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
-\item a constraint type, such as gyCONSTRAINT\_CENTRED\_VERTICALLY;
-\item a reference shape, with respect to which other shapes are going to be positioned - the\rtfsp
-{\it constraining} shape;
-\item a list of one or more shapes to be constrained: the {\it constrained} shapes.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-The constraining shape can be either the parent of the constrained shapes, or a sibling. The
-constrained shapes must all be siblings of each other.
-
-For an exhaustive list and description of the available constraint types, see the \helpref{wxOGLConstraint constructor}{wxoglconstraintconstr}.
-Note that most constraints operate in one dimension only (vertically or horizontally), so you will
-usually need to specify constraints in pairs.
-
-You can set the spacing between constraining and constrained shapes by
-calling \helpref{wxOGLConstraint::SetSpacing}{wxoglconstraintsetspacing}.
-
-Finally, a wxCompositeShape can have {\it divisions}, which are special child shapes of class
-wxDivisionShape (not to be confused with wxDividedShape). The purpose of this is to allow
-the composite to be divided into user-adjustable regions (divisions) into which other shapes
-can be dropped dynamically, given suitable application code. Divisons allow the child
-shapes to have an identity of their own - they can be manipulated independently of their container -
-but to behave as if they are contained with the division, moving with the parent shape.
-Divisions boundaries can themselves be moved using the mouse.
-
-To create an initial division, call \helpref{wxCompositeShape::MakeContainer}{wxcompositeshapemakecontainer}.
-Make further divisions by calling \helpref{wxDivisionShape::Divide}{wxdivisionshapedivide}.
-

contrib/include/wx/animate/animate.h

@@ -1,335 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        animate.h
-// Purpose:     Animation classes
-// Author:      Julian Smart and Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     13/8/99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart and Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ANIMATEH__
-#define _WX_ANIMATEH__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma interface "animate.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <wx/defs.h>
-#include <wx/string.h>
-#include <wx/gdicmn.h>
-#include <wx/list.h>
-#include <wx/timer.h>
-
-//#define ANIMDLLEXPORT WXDLLEXPORT
-#define ANIMDLLEXPORT
-
-class ANIMDLLEXPORT wxAnimationBase;
-class ANIMDLLEXPORT wxAnimationPlayer;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxImage;
-
-enum wxAnimationDisposal
-{
-    wxANIM_UNSPECIFIED = -1,
-    wxANIM_DONOTREMOVE = 0,
-    wxANIM_TOBACKGROUND = 1,
-    wxANIM_TOPREVIOUS = 2
-} ;
-
-class ANIMDLLEXPORT wxAnimationTimer: public wxTimer
-{
-public:
-    wxAnimationTimer() { m_player = (wxAnimationPlayer*) NULL; }
-
-    virtual void Notify();
-    void SetPlayer(wxAnimationPlayer* player) { m_player = player; }
-
-protected:
-    wxAnimationPlayer*  m_player;
-};
-
-/* wxAnimationPlayer
- * Create an object of this class, and either pass an wxXXXAnimation object in the constructor,
- * or call SetAnimation. Then call Play().
- * The wxAnimation object is only destroyed in the destructor if destroyAnimation is TRUE
- * in the constructor.
- */
-
-class ANIMDLLEXPORT wxAnimationPlayer : public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxAnimationPlayer)
-
-public:
-    wxAnimationPlayer(wxAnimationBase *animation = (wxAnimationBase *) NULL, bool destroyAnimation = FALSE);
-    ~wxAnimationPlayer();
-//// Accessors
-
-    void SetAnimation(wxAnimationBase* animation, bool destroyAnimation = FALSE);
-    wxAnimationBase* GetAnimation() const { return m_animation; }
-
-    void SetDestroyAnimation(bool destroyAnimation) { m_destroyAnimation = destroyAnimation; };
-    bool GetDestroyAnimation() const { return m_destroyAnimation; }
-
-    void SetCurrentFrame(int currentFrame) { m_currentFrame = currentFrame; };
-    int GetCurrentFrame() const { return m_currentFrame; }
-
-    void SetWindow(wxWindow* window) { m_window = window; };
-    wxWindow* GetWindow() const { return m_window; }
-
-    void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_position = pos; };
-    wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_position; }
-
-    void SetLooped(bool looped) { m_looped = looped; };
-    bool GetLooped() const { return m_looped; }
-
-    bool HasAnimation() const { return (m_animation != (wxAnimationBase*) NULL); }
-
-    bool IsPlaying() const { return m_isPlaying; }
-
-    // Specify whether the GIF's background colour is to be shown,
-    // or whether the window background should show through (the default)
-    void UseBackgroundColour(bool useBackground) { m_useBackgroundColour = useBackground; }
-    bool UsingBackgroundColour() const { return m_useBackgroundColour; }
-
-    // Set and use a user-specified background colour (valid for transparent
-    // animations only)
-    void SetCustomBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col, bool useCustomBackgroundColour = TRUE)
-    { m_customBackgroundColour = col; m_useCustomBackgroundColour = useCustomBackgroundColour; }
-
-    bool UsingCustomBackgroundColour() const { return m_useCustomBackgroundColour; }
-    const wxColour& GetCustomBackgroundColour() const { return m_customBackgroundColour; }
-
-    // Another refinement - suppose we're drawing the animation in a separate
-    // control or window. We may wish to use the background of the parent
-    // window as the background of our animation. This allows us to specify
-    // whether to grab from the parent or from this window.
-    void UseParentBackground(bool useParent) { m_useParentBackground = useParent; }
-    bool UsingParentBackground() const { return m_useParentBackground; }
-
-//// Operations
-
-    // Play
-    virtual bool Play(wxWindow& window, const wxPoint& pos = wxPoint(0, 0), bool looped = TRUE);
-
-    // Build animation (list of wxImages). If not called before Play
-    // is called, Play will call this automatically.
-    virtual bool Build();
-
-    // Stop the animation
-    virtual void Stop();
-
-    // Draw the current view of the animation into this DC.
-    // Call this from your OnPaint, for example.
-    virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc);
-
-//// Accessing the current animation
-
-    virtual int GetFrameCount() const;
-    virtual wxImage* GetFrame(int i) const; // Creates a new wxImage
-    virtual wxAnimationDisposal GetDisposalMethod(int i) const;
-    virtual wxRect GetFrameRect(int i) const; // Position and size of frame
-    virtual int GetDelay(int i) const; // Delay for this frame
-
-    virtual wxSize GetLogicalScreenSize() const;
-    virtual bool GetBackgroundColour(wxColour& col) const ;
-    virtual bool GetTransparentColour(wxColour& col) const ;
-
-//// Implementation
-
-    // Play the frame
-    virtual bool PlayFrame(int frame, wxWindow& window, wxPoint& pos);
-    virtual bool PlayFrame();
-    virtual void DrawFrame(int frame, wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos);
-    virtual void DrawBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos, const wxColour& colour);
-
-    // Clear the wxImage cache
-    virtual void ClearCache();
-
-    // Save the pertinent area of the window so we can restore
-    // it if drawing transparently
-    void SaveBackground(const wxRect& rect);
-
-    wxBitmap& GetBackingStore() { return m_backingStore; }
-
-//// Data members
-protected:
-    wxAnimationBase*    m_animation;
-    bool                m_destroyAnimation; // Destroy m_animation on deletion of this object
-    wxList              m_frames;           // List of cached wxBitmap frames.
-    int                 m_currentFrame;     // Current frame
-    wxWindow*           m_window;           // Window to draw into
-    wxPoint             m_position;         // Position to draw at
-    bool                m_looped;           // Looped, or not
-    wxAnimationTimer    m_timer;            // The timer
-    bool                m_isPlaying;        // Is the animation playing?
-    wxBitmap            m_savedBackground;  // Saved background of window portion
-    wxBitmap            m_backingStore;     // The player draws into this
-    bool                m_useBackgroundColour; // Use colour or background
-    wxColour            m_customBackgroundColour; // Override animation background
-    bool                m_useCustomBackgroundColour;
-    bool                m_useParentBackground; // Grab background from parent?
-};
-
-/* wxAnimationBase
- * Base class for animations.
- * A wxXXXAnimation only stores the animation, providing accessors to wxAnimationPlayer.
- * Currently an animation is read-only, but we could extend the API for adding frames
- * programmatically, and perhaps have a wxMemoryAnimation class that stores its frames
- * in memory, and is able to save all files with suitable filenames. You could then use
- * e.g. Ulead GIF Animator to load the image files into a GIF animation.
- */
-
-class ANIMDLLEXPORT wxAnimationBase : public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxAnimationBase)
-
-public:
-    wxAnimationBase() {};
-    ~wxAnimationBase() {};
-
-//// Accessors. Should be overridden by each derived class.
-
-    virtual int GetFrameCount() const = 0;
-    virtual wxImage* GetFrame(int i) const = 0; // Creates a new wxImage
-    virtual wxAnimationDisposal GetDisposalMethod(int i) const = 0;
-    virtual wxRect GetFrameRect(int i) const = 0; // Position and size of frame
-    virtual int GetDelay(int i) const = 0; // Delay for this frame
-
-    virtual wxSize GetLogicalScreenSize() const = 0;
-    virtual bool GetBackgroundColour(wxColour& col) const = 0;
-    virtual bool GetTransparentColour(wxColour& col) const = 0;
-
-    // Is the animation OK?
-    virtual bool IsValid() const = 0;
-
-//// Operations
-
-    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename) { return FALSE; }
-};
-
-/* wxGIFAnimation
- * This will be moved to a separate file in due course.
- */
-
-class ANIMDLLEXPORT wxGIFDecoder;
-
-class ANIMDLLEXPORT wxGIFAnimation : public wxAnimationBase
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxGIFAnimation)
-
-public:
-    wxGIFAnimation() ;
-    ~wxGIFAnimation() ;
-
-//// Accessors
-
-    virtual int GetFrameCount() const;
-    virtual wxImage* GetFrame(int i) const;
-    virtual wxAnimationDisposal GetDisposalMethod(int i) const;
-    virtual wxRect GetFrameRect(int i) const; // Position and size of frame
-    virtual int GetDelay(int i) const; // Delay for this frame
-
-    virtual wxSize GetLogicalScreenSize() const ;
-    virtual bool GetBackgroundColour(wxColour& col) const ;
-    virtual bool GetTransparentColour(wxColour& col) const ;
-
-    virtual bool IsValid() const;
-
-//// Operations
-
-    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename);
-
-protected:
-
-    wxGIFDecoder*   m_decoder;
-};
-
-/*
- * wxAnimationCtrlBase
- * Abstract base class for format-specific animation controls.
- * This class implements most of the functionality; all a derived
- * class has to do is create the appropriate animation class on demand.
- */
-
-// Resize to animation size if this is set
-#define wxAN_FIT_ANIMATION       0x0010
-
-class ANIMDLLEXPORT wxAnimationCtrlBase: public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    wxAnimationCtrlBase() { }
-    wxAnimationCtrlBase(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-            const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString,
-            const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-            const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxAN_FIT_ANIMATION|wxNO_BORDER,
-            const wxString& name = wxT("animationControl"))
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, filename, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-    ~wxAnimationCtrlBase();
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-            const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString,
-            const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-            const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxAN_FIT_ANIMATION|wxNO_BORDER,
-            const wxString& name = wxT("animationControl"));
-
-    //// Operations
-    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString);
-    virtual bool Play(bool looped = TRUE) ;
-    virtual void Stop() { m_animationPlayer.Stop(); }
-    virtual void FitToAnimation();
-
-    //// Accessors
-    virtual bool IsPlaying() const { return m_animationPlayer.IsPlaying(); }
-    virtual wxAnimationPlayer& GetPlayer() { return m_animationPlayer; }
-    virtual wxAnimationBase* GetAnimation() { return m_animation; }
-
-    const wxString& GetFilename() const { return m_filename; }
-    void SetFilename(const wxString& filename) { m_filename = filename; }
-
-    //// Event handlers
-    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-    // Override this in derived classes
-    virtual wxAnimationBase* DoCreateAnimation(const wxString& filename) = 0;
-
-    wxAnimationPlayer   m_animationPlayer;
-    wxAnimationBase*    m_animation;
-    wxString            m_filename;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxAnimationCtrlBase)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-/*
- * wxGIFAnimationCtrl
- * Provides a GIF animation class when required.
- */
-
-class ANIMDLLEXPORT wxGIFAnimationCtrl: public wxAnimationCtrlBase
-{
-public:
-    wxGIFAnimationCtrl() { }
-    wxGIFAnimationCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-            const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString,
-            const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-            const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxAN_FIT_ANIMATION|wxNO_BORDER,
-            const wxString& name = wxT("animationControl"))
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, filename, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxAnimationBase* DoCreateAnimation(const wxString& filename) ;
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGIFAnimationCtrl)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_ANIMATEH__
-

contrib/include/wx/applet/applet.h

@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-*
-*                       wxWindows HTML Applet Package
-*
-*               Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
-*                            All rights reserved.
-*
-*  ========================================================================
-*
-*    The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
-*    Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
-*    compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-*    http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
-*
-*    Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
-*    "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-*    implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-*    rights and limitations under the License.
-*
-*  ========================================================================
-*
-* Language:     ANSI C++
-* Environment:  Any
-*
-* Description:  Header file for the wxApplet class
-*
-****************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __WX_APPLET_H
-#define __WX_APPLET_H
-
-#include "wx/panel.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h"
-
-// Forward declaration
-class wxHtmlAppletWindow;
-
-/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
-
-/****************************************************************************
-REMARKS:
-Defines the abstract base class for wxApplet objects.
-****************************************************************************/
-class wxApplet : public wxPanel {
-private:
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxApplet);
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE();
-
-protected:
-    //wxHtmlAppletWindow  *m_parent;
-
-            // Special handler for background erase messages
-            void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&);
-
-public:
-            // Constructor (called during dynamic creation)
-            wxApplet() { m_parent = NULL; };
-
-            // Psuedo virtual constructor
-    virtual bool Create(
-                wxHtmlAppletWindow *parent,
-                const wxHtmlTag& params,
-                const wxSize& size,
-                long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER);
-
-            // Virtual destructor
-    virtual ~wxApplet();
-
-            // Handle HTML navigation to a new URL
-    virtual void OnLinkClicked(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link) = 0;
-
-            // Handle HTML navigation forward command in applet
-    virtual void OnHistoryForward() = 0;
-
-            // Handle HTML navigation back command in applet
-    virtual void OnHistoryBack() = 0;
-
-            // Handle messages from the wxAppletManager and other applets
-    virtual void OnMessage(wxEvent& msg) = 0;
-    };
-
-
-
-#endif // __WX_APPLET_H
-

contrib/include/wx/applet/echovar.h

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-*
-*                       wxWindows HTML Applet Package
-*
-*               Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
-*                            All rights reserved.
-*
-*  ========================================================================
-*
-*    The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
-*    Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
-*    compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-*    http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
-*
-*    Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
-*    "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-*    implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-*    rights and limitations under the License.
-*
-*  ========================================================================
-*
-* Language:		ANSI C++
-* Environment:	Any
-*
-* Description:  Header file for wxEchoVariable Class, Dynamically constructed
-* objects representing variables in SSI #echo directive
-*
-****************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __WX_ECHOVAR_H
-#define __WX_ECHOVAR_H
-
-/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
-
-/****************************************************************************
-REMARKS:
-wxEchoVariable class Definition
-****************************************************************************/
-class wxEchoVariable : public wxObject {
-private:
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxEchoVariable);
-
-public:
-    wxEchoVariable() : wxObject() {}
-    ~wxEchoVariable() {}
-	
-    /****************************************************************************
-    RETURNS:
-    The boolean value of the variable
-
-    PARAMETERS:
-    parms   - Optional parameter string passed from parm= field in HTML
-
-    REMARKS:
-    To create new variables for the #echo HTML preprocessing directives
-    you need to derive classes from wxEchoVariable and override the
-    pure virtual GetValue function. However this should not be done directly
-    but by using the BEGIN_ECHO_VARIABLE and END_ECHO_VARIABLE macros
-
-    SEE ALSO:
-    wxEchoPrep, BEGIN_ECHO_VARIABLE, END_ECHO_VARIABLE
-    ****************************************************************************/
-    virtual wxString GetValue(const char *parms = NULL) const = 0;
-
-
-public:
-    // static function to retrieve any variable avaliable
-    static wxString FindValue(const wxString &cls, const char *parms = NULL);
-    };
-	
-/*--------------------------------- MACROS --------------------------------*/
-
-#define ECHO_PARM (_BEV_parm)
-#define BEGIN_ECHO_VARIABLE(name)                                           \
-    class wxEchoVariable##name : public wxEchoVariable {                    \
-    private:                                                                \
-        DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEchoVariable##name##);                      \
-    public:                                                                 \
-        wxEchoVariable##name##() : wxEchoVariable() {}                      \
-        virtual wxString GetValue(const char *parms = NULL) const;          \
-        };                                                                  \
-    IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEchoVariable##name##, wxEchoVariable);        \
-    wxString wxEchoVariable##name :: GetValue(const char *parms) const {    \
-    wxString _BEV_parm = wxString(parms);
-
-#define END_ECHO_VARIABLE(returnval)                                        \
-    return returnval;                                                       \
-    }
-
-#define STRING_ECHO_VARIABLE(name, string)                                  \
-    BEGIN_ECHO_VARIABLE(##name##);                                          \
-    END_ECHO_VARIABLE(wxString(##string##))
-	
-#endif // __WX_ECHOVAR_H
-

contrib/include/wx/applet/ifelsevar.h

@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-*
-*                       wxWindows HTML Applet Package
-*
-*               Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
-*                            All rights reserved.
-*
-*  ========================================================================
-*
-*    The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
-*    Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
-*    compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-*    http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
-*
-*    Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
-*    "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-*    implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-*    rights and limitations under the License.
-*
-*  ========================================================================
-*
-* Language:		ANSI C++
-* Environment:	Any
-*
-* Description:  Header file for wxIfElseVariable Class, Dynamically constructed
-* objects representing variables in SSI #if, #else and #endif directives
-*
-****************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __WX_IFELSEVAR_H
-#define __WX_IFELSEVAR_H
-
-/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
-
-/****************************************************************************
-REMARKS:
-This class is used to create variables for the HTML preprocessor #if, #else,
-and #endif directives.
-
-SEE ALSO:
-wxIfElsePrep
-****************************************************************************/
-class wxIfElseVariable : public wxObject {
-private:
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxIfElseVariable);
-
-public:
-    wxIfElseVariable() : wxObject() {}
-    ~wxIfElseVariable() {}
-	
-    /****************************************************************************
-    RETURNS:
-    The boolean value of the variable
-
-    REMARKS:
-    To create new variables for the #if, #else and #endif HTML preprocessing
-    blocks you need to derive classes from wxIfElseVariable and override the
-    pure virtual GetValue function. However this should not be done directly
-    but by using the BEGIN_IFELSE_VARIABLE and END_IFELSE_VARIABLE macros
-
-    SEE ALSO:
-    wxIfElsePrep, BEGIN_IFELSE_VARIABLE, END_IFELSE_VARIABLE
-    ****************************************************************************/
-    virtual bool GetValue() const = 0;
-
-
-public:
-    // static function to retrieve any variable avaliable
-    static bool FindValue(const wxString &cls);
-    };
-
-/*--------------------------------- MACROS --------------------------------*/
-
-#define BEGIN_IFELSE_VARIABLE(name)                                         \
-    class wxIfElseVariable##name : public wxIfElseVariable {                \
-    private:                                                                \
-        DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIfElseVariable##name##);                    \
-    public:                                                                 \
-        wxIfElseVariable##name##() : wxIfElseVariable() {}                  \
-        virtual bool GetValue() const;                                      \
-        };                                                                  \
-    IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIfElseVariable##name##, wxIfElseVariable);    \
-    bool wxIfElseVariable##name :: GetValue() const {
-
-#define END_IFELSE_VARIABLE(returnval)                                      \
-    return returnval;                                                       \
-    }
-
-#define IFELSE_VARIABLE(name, state)                                        \
-    BEGIN_IFELSE_VARIABLE(##name##);                                        \
-    END_IFELSE_VARIABLE(bool (state))
-
-#endif // __WX_IFELSEVAR_H
-

contrib/include/wx/applet/loadpage.h

@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-*
-*                       wxWindows HTML Applet Package
-*
-*               Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
-*                            All rights reserved.
-*
-*  ========================================================================
-*
-*    The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
-*    Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
-*    compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-*    http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
-*
-*    Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
-*    "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-*    implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-*    rights and limitations under the License.
-*
-*  ========================================================================
-*
-* Language:     ANSI C++
-* Environment:  Any
-*
-* Description:  Header file for the wxLoadPage Event class
-*
-****************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __WX_LOAD_PAGE_H
-#define __WX_LOAD_PAGE_H
-
-#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h"
-
-// Forward declaration
-class wxHtmlAppletWindow;
-
-// If we are compiling this code into a library that links against
-// the DLL, we need to remove all the __declspec(dllimports) that
-// would declare our classes below incorrectly.
-
-#ifndef WXMAKINGDLL
-#undef  WXDLLEXPORT
-#define WXDLLEXPORT
-#endif
-// Declare our local load page event type
-BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_LOAD_PAGE,   wxEVT_USER_FIRST+1)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_PAGE_LOADED, wxEVT_USER_FIRST+2)
-END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-
-/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
-
-/****************************************************************************
-REMARKS:
-Defines the class for load page events.
-****************************************************************************/
-class wxLoadPageEvent : public wxEvent {
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxLoadPageEvent);
-
-protected:
-    wxString            m_hRef;
-    wxHtmlAppletWindow  *m_htmlWindow;
-
-public:
-            // Constructor
-            wxLoadPageEvent(const wxString &hRef = "",wxHtmlAppletWindow *htmlWindow = NULL);
-
-            // Destructor
-            ~wxLoadPageEvent() {}
-
-            // Return the hmtl window for the load page operation
-            wxHtmlAppletWindow  *GetHtmlWindow() { return m_htmlWindow; };
-
-            // Get the hRef string for the load page operation
-            const wxString & GetHRef() { return m_hRef; };
-
-            // Copy constructor for the object
-            void CopyObject(wxObject& obj) const;
-    };
-
-
-// Define the macro to create our event type
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxLoadPageEventFunction)(wxLoadPageEvent&);
-#define EVT_LOAD_PAGE(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_LOAD_PAGE, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)(wxLoadPageEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL ),
-
-/****************************************************************************
-REMARKS:
-Defines the class for pageloaded events.
-****************************************************************************/
-class wxPageLoadedEvent : public wxEvent {
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPageLoadedEvent);
-
-public:
-            // Constructor
-            wxPageLoadedEvent();
-
-            // Destructor
-            ~wxPageLoadedEvent() {}
-
-            // Copy constructor for the object
-            void CopyObject(wxObject& obj) const;
-    };
-
-// Define the macro to create our event type
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxPageLoadedEventFunction)(wxPageLoadedEvent&);
-#define EVT_PAGE_LOADED(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_PAGE_LOADED, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)(wxPageLoadedEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL ),
-
-
-#endif // __WX_LOAD_PAGE_H

contrib/include/wx/applet/plugin.h

@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-*
-*                       wxWindows HTML Applet Package
-*
-*               Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
-*                            All rights reserved.
-*
-*  ========================================================================
-*
-*    The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
-*    Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
-*    compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-*    http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
-*
-*    Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
-*    "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-*    implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-*    rights and limitations under the License.
-*
-*  ========================================================================
-*
-* Language:     ANSI C++
-* Environment:  Any
-*
-* Description:  Header file for the wxQlet class
-*
-****************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __WX_PLUGIN_H
-#define __WX_PLUGIN_H
-
-// Forward declaration
-class wxHtmlAppletWindow;
-
-/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
-
-/****************************************************************************
-REMARKS:
-Defines the abstract base class for wxQlet objects.
-****************************************************************************/
-class wxPlugIn : public wxObject {
-private:
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPlugIn);
-
-    wxHtmlAppletWindow *m_parent;
-public:
-            // Constructor (called during dynamic creation)
-            wxPlugIn() { m_parent = NULL; };
-
-            // Psuedo virtual constructor
-    virtual bool Create(wxHtmlAppletWindow *parent);
-
-            // Virtual destructor
-    virtual ~wxPlugIn();
-    };
-#endif // __WX_PLUGIN_H
-

contrib/include/wx/applet/prepecho.h

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-*
-*                       wxWindows HTML Applet Package
-*
-*               Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
-*                            All rights reserved.
-*
-*  ========================================================================
-*
-*    The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
-*    Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
-*    compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-*    http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
-*
-*    Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
-*    "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-*    implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-*    rights and limitations under the License.
-*
-*  ========================================================================
-*
-* Language:		ANSI C++
-* Environment:	Any
-*
-* Description:  Header file for the Preprocessor of the #echo directive
-* in wxHTML.
-*
-****************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __WX_PREPECHO_H
-#define __WX_PREPECHO_H
-
-#include "wx/html/htmlproc.h"
-
-/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
-
-/****************************************************************************
-REMARKS:
-Echo Preprocessor class Definition
-****************************************************************************/
-class wxEchoPrep : public wxHtmlProcessor {
-private:
-    //DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEchoPrep);
-
-public:
-    wxEchoPrep() : wxHtmlProcessor() {}
-    ~wxEchoPrep() {}
-	
-	// Process input text and return processed result
-    wxString Process(const wxString& text) const;
-
-    // Return priority value of this processor. The higher, the sooner
-    // is the processor applied to the text.
-    int GetPriority() const { return wxHTML_PRIORITY_SYSTEM-2; }
-	};
-	
-	
-#endif // __WX_PREPECHO_H
-

contrib/include/wx/applet/prepifelse.h

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-*
-*                       wxWindows HTML Applet Package
-*
-*               Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
-*                            All rights reserved.
-*
-*  ========================================================================
-*
-*    The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
-*    Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
-*    compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-*    http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
-*
-*    Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
-*    "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-*    implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-*    rights and limitations under the License.
-*
-*  ========================================================================
-*
-* Language:		ANSI C++
-* Environment:	Any
-*
-* Description:  Header file for the Preprocessor of the #if SSI directive
-* in wxHTML.
-*
-****************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __WX_PREPIFELSE_H
-#define __WX_PREPIFELSE_H
-
-#include "wx/html/htmlproc.h"
-
-/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
-
-/****************************************************************************
-REMARKS:
-If Else Preprocessor class Definition
-****************************************************************************/
-class wxIfElsePrep : public wxHtmlProcessor {
-private:
-    //DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIfElsePrep);
-
-public:
-    wxIfElsePrep() : wxHtmlProcessor() {}
-    ~wxIfElsePrep() {}
-	
-	// Process input text and return processed result
-    wxString Process(const wxString& text) const;
-
-    // Return priority value of this processor. The higher, the sooner
-    // is the processor applied to the text.
-    int GetPriority() const { return wxHTML_PRIORITY_SYSTEM-2; }
-	};
-	
-	
-#endif // __WX_PREPECHO_H
-

contrib/include/wx/applet/prepinclude.h

@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-*
-*                       wxWindows HTML Applet Package
-*
-*               Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
-*                            All rights reserved.
-*
-*  ========================================================================
-*
-*    The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
-*    Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
-*    compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-*    http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
-*
-*    Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
-*    "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-*    implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-*    rights and limitations under the License.
-*
-*  ========================================================================
-*
-* Language:		ANSI C++
-* Environment:	Any
-*
-* Description:  Header file for the Preprocessor of the #include directive
-* in wxHTML.
-*
-****************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __WX_PREPINCLUDE_H
-#define __WX_PREPINCLUDE_H
-
-#include "wx/html/htmlproc.h"
-
-/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
-
-/****************************************************************************
-REMARKS:
-wxIncludePrep class Definition
-****************************************************************************/
-class wxIncludePrep : public wxHtmlProcessor {
-private:
-    //DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIncludePrep);
-    wxFileSystem *m_FS;
-public:
-    wxIncludePrep() : wxHtmlProcessor() {}
-    ~wxIncludePrep() {}
-	
-	// Process input text and return processed result
-    wxString Process(const wxString& text) const;
-
-    // Return priority value of this processor. The higher, the sooner
-    // is the processor applied to the text.
-    int GetPriority() const { return wxHTML_PRIORITY_SYSTEM; }
-	
-    void ChangeDirectory(wxFileSystem *);
-    };
-	
-	
-#endif // __WX_PREPINCLUDE_H
-

contrib/include/wx/applet/window.h

@@ -1,226 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-*
-*                       wxWindows HTML Applet Package
-*
-*               Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
-*                            All rights reserved.
-*
-*  ========================================================================
-*
-*    The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
-*    Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
-*    compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-*    http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
-*
-*    Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
-*    "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-*    implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-*    rights and limitations under the License.
-*
-*  ========================================================================
-*
-* Language:     ANSI C++
-* Environment:  Any
-*
-* Description:  Header file for the wxHtmlAppletWindow class
-*
-****************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __WX_APPLET_WINDOW_H
-#define __WX_APPLET_WINDOW_H
-
-#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h"
-#include "wx/process.h"
-
-// Forward declare
-class wxApplet;
-class wxQlet;
-class wxLoadPageEvent;
-class wxPageLoadedEvent;
-class wxIncludePrep;
-class wxToolBarBase;
-
-// Declare a linked list of wxApplet pointers
-WX_DECLARE_LIST(wxApplet, wxAppletList);
-
-/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
-
-/****************************************************************************
-REMARKS:
-Defines the class for virtual-link data types
-****************************************************************************/
-class VirtualData : public wxObject {
-private:
-    wxString m_name;
-    wxString m_group;
-    wxString m_href;
-
-public:
-            // Ctors
-            VirtualData(
-                wxString& name,
-                wxString& group,
-                wxString& href );
-
-            VirtualData();
-
-            // Gets
-            wxString GetName(){ return m_name;};
-            wxString GetGroup(){ return m_group;};
-            wxString GetHref(){ return m_href;};
-
-            // Sets
-            void SetName (wxString& s){ m_name = s; };
-            void SetGroup(wxString& s){ m_group = s; };
-            void SetHref (wxString& s){ m_href = s; };
-    };
-
-/****************************************************************************
-REMARKS:
-Defines the class for wxAppletWindow. This class is derived from the
-wxHtmlWindow class and extends it with functionality to handle embedded
-wxApplet's on the HTML pages.
-****************************************************************************/
-class wxHtmlAppletWindow : public wxHtmlWindow {
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxHtmlAppletWindow);
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE();
-
-    bool                m_mutexLock;
-    wxIncludePrep       *incPreprocessor;  // deleted by list it is added too in constructor
-
-protected:
-	wxAppletList		m_AppletList;		
-	static wxHashTable	m_Cookies;
-    bool                m_NavBarEnabled;
-    wxToolBarBase       *m_NavBar;
-    int                 m_NavBackId;
-    int                 m_NavForwardId;
-    wxPalette           m_globalPalette;
-    	
-            // Override this so we can do proper palette management!!
-    virtual void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
-
-public:
-            // Constructor
-            wxHtmlAppletWindow(
-                wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id = -1,
-                wxToolBarBase *navBar = NULL,
-                int navBackId = -1,
-                int navForwardId = -1,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxHW_SCROLLBAR_AUTO,
-                const wxString& name = "htmlAppletWindow",
-                const wxPalette& globalPalette = wxNullPalette);
-
-            // Destructor
-            ~wxHtmlAppletWindow();
-
-            // Create an instance of an applet based on it's class name
-            wxApplet *CreateApplet(
-                const wxString& classId,
-                const wxString& iName,
-                const wxHtmlTag &params,
-                const wxSize& size);
-
-            // Create an instance of an Qlet based on it's class name
-            bool CreatePlugIn(const wxString& classId );
-
-            // Find an instance of an applet based on it's class name
-            wxApplet *FindApplet(const wxString& className);
-
-            // Remove an applet from the window. Called during applet destruction
-            bool RemoveApplet(const wxApplet *applet);
-
-            // Load a new URL page
-    virtual bool LoadPage(const wxString& location);
-
-            // Called when users clicked on hypertext link.
-    virtual void OnLinkClicked(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link);
-
-            // Handles forward navigation within the HTML stack
-            bool HistoryForward();
-
-            // Handles backwards navigation within the HTML stack
-            bool HistoryBack();
-
-            // Disables Nav bars
-            void DisableNavBar();
-
-            // Enables Nav bars
-            void EnableNavBar();
-
-            void SetNavBar(wxToolBarBase *navBar);
-
-            // Broadcast a message to all applets on the page
-            void SendMessage(wxEvent& msg);
-
-            // Register a cookie of data in the applet manager
-            static bool RegisterCookie(const wxString& name,wxObject *cookie);
-
-            // UnRegister a cookie of data in the applet manager
-            static bool UnRegisterCookie(const wxString& name);
-
-            // Find a cookie of data given it's public name
-            static wxObject *FindCookie(const wxString& name);
-			
-            // Event handlers to load a new page	
-			void OnLoadPage(wxLoadPageEvent &event);
-
-            // Event handlers to load a new page	
-    		void OnPageLoaded(wxPageLoadedEvent &event);
-
-            // LoadPage mutex locks
-            void Lock(){ m_mutexLock = true;};
-            void UnLock(){ m_mutexLock = false;};
-
-            // Returns TRUE if the mutex is locked, FALSE otherwise.
-            bool IsLocked(){ return m_mutexLock;};
-
-            // Tries to lock the mutex. If it can't, returns immediately with false.
-            bool TryLock();
-
-    };
-
-/****************************************************************************
-REMARKS:
-Defines the class for AppetProcess
-***************************************************************************/
-class AppletProcess : public wxProcess {
-public:
-            AppletProcess(
-                wxWindow *parent)
-                : wxProcess(parent)
-            {
-            }
-
-            // instead of overriding this virtual function we might as well process the
-            // event from it in the frame class - this might be more convenient in some
-            // cases
-    virtual void OnTerminate(int pid, int status);
-
-    };
-
-/****************************************************************************
-REMARKS:
-Defines the class for wxHtmlAppletCell
-***************************************************************************/
-class wxHtmlAppletCell : public wxHtmlCell
-{
-public:
-    wxHtmlAppletCell(wxWindow *wnd, int w = 0);
-    ~wxHtmlAppletCell() { m_Wnd->Destroy(); }
-    virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, int view_y1, int view_y2);
-    virtual void DrawInvisible(wxDC& dc, int x, int y);
-    virtual void Layout(int w);
-
-protected:
-    wxWindow* m_Wnd;
-            // width float is used in adjustWidth (it is in percents)
-};
-
-
-#endif // __WX_APPLET_WINDOW_H
-

contrib/include/wx/canvas/bbox.h

@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef __WXBOUNDINGBOX_H__
-#define __WXBOUNDINGBOX_H__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma interface "bbox.cpp"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
-    #include "wx/wx.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/matrix.h"
-#include "wx/geometry.h"
-
-enum OVERLAP {_IN,_ON,_OUT};
-
-//Purpose   The wxBoundingBox class stores one wxBoundingBox.
-//The wxBoundingBox is defined by two coordiates,
-//a upperleft coordinate and a lowerright coordinate.
-class wxBoundingBox
-{
-public:
-    wxBoundingBox();
-    wxBoundingBox(wxBoundingBox&);
-    wxBoundingBox(const wxPoint2DDouble&);
-    wxBoundingBox(double xmin, double ymin, double xmax, double ymax);
-
-    bool And(wxBoundingBox*, double Marge = 0);
-
-    void EnLarge(const double Marge);
-    void Shrink(const double Marge);
-
-    void Expand(const wxPoint2DDouble& , const wxPoint2DDouble&);
-    void Expand(const wxPoint2DDouble&);
-    void Expand(double x,double y);
-    void Expand(const wxBoundingBox& bbox);
-
-    OVERLAP Intersect( wxBoundingBox &, double Marge = 0);
-    bool LineIntersect(const wxPoint2DDouble& begin, const wxPoint2DDouble& end );
-    bool PointInBox( const wxPoint2DDouble&, double Marge = 0);
-    bool PointInBox( double, double, double Marge = 0);
-
-    void Reset();
-
-    void Translate( wxPoint2DDouble& );
-    void MapBbox( const wxTransformMatrix& matrix);
-
-    double  GetWidth() {return m_maxx-m_minx;};
-    double  GetHeight(){return m_maxy-m_miny;};
-    bool    GetValid()  const;
-    void    SetValid(bool);
-
-    void    SetBoundingBox(const wxPoint2DDouble& a_point);
-
-    void    SetMin(double, double);
-    void    SetMax(double, double);
-    inline  wxPoint2DDouble GetMin();
-    inline  wxPoint2DDouble GetMax();
-    inline  double GetMinX(){return m_minx;};
-    inline  double GetMinY(){return m_miny;};
-    inline  double GetMaxX(){return m_maxx;};
-    inline  double GetMaxY(){return m_maxy;};
-
-    wxBoundingBox&  operator+( wxBoundingBox& );
-    wxBoundingBox&  operator=(  const wxBoundingBox& );
-
-protected:
-    //bounding box in world
-    double        m_minx;
-    double        m_miny;
-    double        m_maxx;
-    double        m_maxy;
-    bool          m_validbbox;
-};
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/canvas/canvas.h

@@ -1,859 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        canvas.h
-// Author:      Robert Roebling
-// Created:     XX/XX/XX
-// Copyright:   2000 (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __WXCANVAS_H__
-#define __WXCANVAS_H__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma interface "canvas.cpp"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
-    #include "wx/wx.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-#include "wx/txtstrm.h"
-#include "wx/geometry.h"
-#include "wx/matrix.h"
-#include "bbox.h"
-
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// decls
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxCanvas;
-class wxCanvasAdmin;
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCanvasObject
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-enum wxDRAG_MODE
-{
-    wxDRAG_RECTANGLE,
-    wxDRAG_ONTOP,
-    wxDRAG_REDRAW
-};
-
-//:defenition
-// wxCanvasObject is the base class for  Canvas Objects.
-// All Objects for drawing one the canvas are derived from this class.
-// It supports dragging and moving methods that can be used in derived
-// classes for defining several ways of dragging.
-// Also it is possible to plug in events handlers to do this for all derived classes at once.
-//
-// wxCanvasObjects have themselves as their event handlers by default,
-// but their event handlers could be set to another object entirely. This
-// separation can reduce the amount of derivation required, and allow
-// alteration of a  wxCanvasObject functionality
-class wxCanvasObject: public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
-
-    wxCanvasObject();
-
-    //If the position (x,y) is within the object this return a pointer to the object
-    //Normally this function needs to be defined for each derived wxCanvasObject.
-    //The default is a simple bounding box test.
-    virtual wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
-
-    //render this object to the canvas (either on its buffer or directly on the canvas)
-    //this depends on the wxDC that is set for the active canvas.
-    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
-
-    //x position in world coordinates of the object
-    virtual double  GetPosX()=0;
-    //y position in world coordinates of the object
-    virtual double  GetPosY()=0;
-
-    //set position in world coordinates for the object
-    virtual void  SetPosXY( double x, double y)=0;
-
-    //absolute moving the object to position x,y in world coordinates
-    //also does an update of the old and new area
-    virtual void MoveAbsolute( double x, double y );
-
-    //relative moving the object to position x,y in world coordinates
-    //also does an update of the old and new area
-    virtual void MoveRelative( double x, double y );
-
-    //relative translate the object to position x,y in world coordinates
-    //does NOT update the old and new area
-    //this function must be defined for each derived object,
-    //it is used internally for dragging and moving objects.
-    virtual void TransLate( double x, double y )=0;
-
-    //choose one of the three diffrenet drag methods |
-    //DRAG_RECTANGLE = as a rectangle when drag is in progress |
-    //DRAG_ONTOP = only redraw the object when dragging |
-    //DRAG_REDRAW = redraw the damaged areas when dragging
-    void SetDragMode(wxDRAG_MODE mode) { m_dragmode=mode; };
-
-    //return the dragmode
-    wxDRAG_MODE GetDragMode() { return m_dragmode; };
-
-    //called when starting a drag
-    virtual void DragStart();
-    //called when dragging is in progress
-    virtual void DragRelative( double x, double y);
-    //called when dragging is ended
-    virtual void DragEnd();
-
-    //return the object if it is part of the given object or
-    //if the given object is part of a group within this object.
-    //For group objects this means recursively search for it.
-    virtual wxCanvasObject* Contains( wxCanvasObject* obj );
-
-    //calculate the boundingbox in world coordinates
-    virtual void CalcBoundingBox()=0;
-
-    //write the object as SVG (scalable vector grafhics
-    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
-
-    //get the administrator for the object,
-    //this will give access to the canvas's where it is displayed upon.
-    //It is used to render the object to the active canvas.
-    //Conversion from world to Device coordinates and visa versa is
-    //done using the Active canvas at that moment.
-    wxCanvasAdmin *GetAdmin()              { return m_admin; }
-
-    //set the administrator
-    virtual void SetAdmin( wxCanvasAdmin *admin )  { m_admin = admin; }
-
-    //is this a control type of canvas object
-    bool        IsControl()     { return m_isControl; }
-    //is this a vector type of canvas object
-    bool        IsVector()      { return m_isVector; }
-    //is this an Image type of canvas object
-    bool        IsImage()       { return m_isImage; }
-
-    //get minimum X of the boundingbox in world coordinates
-    inline double  GetXMin()     { return m_bbox.GetMinX(); }
-    //get minimum Y of the boundingbox in world coordinates
-    inline double  GetYMin()     { return m_bbox.GetMinY(); }
-    //get maximum X of the boundingbox in world coordinates
-    inline double  GetXMax()     { return m_bbox.GetMaxX(); }
-    //get maximum Y of the boundingbox in world coordinates
-    inline double  GetYMax()     { return m_bbox.GetMaxY(); }
-
-    //get boundingbox
-    inline wxBoundingBox GetBbox() { return m_bbox; }
-
-    //redirect all mouse events for the canvas to this object
-    void CaptureMouse();
-    //release the mouse capture for this object
-    void ReleaseMouse();
-    //is the mouse captured for this object
-    bool IsCapturedMouse();
-
-    //set if this object will visible (be rendered or not)
-    inline void SetVisible(bool visible) { m_visible=visible; }
-    //get visibility
-    inline bool GetVisible() {return m_visible; }
-
-    //can the object be dragged
-    inline void SetDraggable(bool drag) { m_dragable=drag; }
-    //get if the object can be dragged
-    inline bool GetDraggable() {return m_dragable; }
-
-    //get absolute area in the device coordinates where the object
-    //its boundingbox in world coordinates is first translated using the matrix.
-    wxRect GetAbsoluteArea(const wxTransformMatrix& cworld);
-
-    //get currently used eventhandler (always the first in the list)
-    wxEvtHandler *GetEventHandler() const { return m_eventHandler; }
-
-    //process an event for the object, starting with the first eventhandler
-    // in the list.
-    bool ProcessCanvasObjectEvent(wxEvent& event);
-
-    // push/pop event handler: allows to chain a custom event handler to
-    // already existing ones
-    void PushEventHandler( wxEvtHandler *handler );
-
-    //remove first eventhandler in the list (one will be always stay in)
-    wxEvtHandler *PopEventHandler( bool deleteHandler = FALSE );
-    //append an eventhandler to the list, this event handler will be called
-    //if the other skipped the event to process.
-    void AppendEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler);
-    //remove last event handler in the list (one will always stay in)
-    wxEvtHandler *RemoveLastEventHandler(bool deleteHandler);
-
-protected:
-
-    //administator for rendering and accessing the canvas's
-    wxCanvasAdmin* m_admin;
-
-    //active event handler, default the object itself
-    wxEvtHandler* m_eventHandler;
-
-    bool m_isControl:1;
-    bool m_isVector:1;
-    bool m_isImage:1;
-    bool m_visible:1;
-    bool m_dragable:1;
-    wxDRAG_MODE m_dragmode:3;
-
-    //boundingbox in world coordinates
-    wxBoundingBox m_bbox;
-
-    //used for dragging
-    wxBitmap m_atnewpos;
-};
-
-//:defenition
-// wxCanvasObjectGroup is a container for wxCanvas derived Objects.
-// It renders itself by calling the render methods of the wxCanvasObjects it contains.
-// It can have nested groups also, in the same way as the other wxCanvasObjects it already contains.
-// The group has a matrix to position/rotate/scale the group.
-class wxCanvasObjectGroup: public wxCanvasObject
-{
-public:
-    wxCanvasObjectGroup(double x, double y);
-    virtual ~wxCanvasObjectGroup();
-
-    void SetAdmin(wxCanvasAdmin* admin);
-
-    //prepend a wxCanvasObject to this group
-    virtual void Prepend( wxCanvasObject* obj );
-    //append a wxCanvasObject to this group
-    virtual void Append( wxCanvasObject* obj );
-    //insert a wxCanvasObject to this group
-    virtual void Insert( size_t before, wxCanvasObject* obj );
-    //remove the given object from the group
-    virtual void Remove( wxCanvasObject* obj );
-
-    //those this group contain the given object.
-    //in case of nested groups also search in there to the lowwest level.
-    virtual wxCanvasObject* Contains( wxCanvasObject* obj );
-
-    //returns index of the given wxCanvasObject in this group
-    virtual int IndexOf( wxCanvasObject* obj );
-
-    double  GetPosX() { return lworld.GetValue(2,0); }
-    double  GetPosY() { return lworld.GetValue(2,1); }
-    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y) {lworld.SetValue(2,0,x);lworld.SetValue(2,1,y);CalcBoundingBox();};
-
-    void TransLate( double x, double y );
-
-    void CalcBoundingBox();
-    //remove all wxCanvasObjects from the group (flag for deletion of the objectsalso)
-    void DeleteContents( bool );
-    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld,int x, int y, int width, int height );
-    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
-
-    //recursive call the IsHitWorld on all contained objects, the first
-    //one that is hit will be returned
-    wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
-
-    //recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
-    //and also sets its own eventhandler
-    void PushEventHandler( wxEvtHandler *handler );
-    //recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
-    //and also sets its own eventhandler
-    wxEvtHandler *PopEventHandler( bool deleteHandler = FALSE );
-    //recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
-    //and also sets its own eventhandler
-    void AppendEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler);
-    //recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
-    //and also sets its own eventhandler
-    wxEvtHandler *RemoveLastEventHandler(bool deleteHandler);
-
-protected:
-
-    //to position the object
-    wxTransformMatrix lworld;
-
-    wxList        m_objects;
-
-    friend class wxCanvas;
-};
-
-//:defenition
-// wxCanvasObjectRef is a reference to any wxCanvasObject derived class.
-// It does not duplicate the referenced object.
-// It has a matrix to reposition/rotate/scale the object it references.
-// The position/matrix of the referenced Object is accumulated with the one here.
-class wxCanvasObjectRef: public wxCanvasObject
-{
-public:
-    wxCanvasObjectRef(double x, double y,wxCanvasObject* obj);
-
-    //set rotation for the reference
-    void SetRotation(double rotation);
-
-    //set scale in x and y ( > zero)
-    void SetScale( double scalex, double scaley );
-
-    void SetAdmin(wxCanvasAdmin* admin);
-
-    double  GetPosX() { return lworld.GetValue(2,0); }
-    double  GetPosY() { return lworld.GetValue(2,1); }
-    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y) {lworld.SetValue(2,0,x);lworld.SetValue(2,1,y);CalcBoundingBox();};
-
-    void TransLate( double x, double y );
-    void CalcBoundingBox();
-    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld,int x, int y, int width, int height );
-    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
-
-    //return this object if one of the objects it references is hit
-    wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
-    virtual wxCanvasObject* Contains( wxCanvasObject* obj );
-
-    //recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
-    //and also sets its own eventhandler
-    void PushEventHandler( wxEvtHandler *handler );
-    //recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
-    //and also sets its own eventhandler
-    wxEvtHandler *PopEventHandler( bool deleteHandler = FALSE );
-    //recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
-    //and also sets its own eventhandler
-    void AppendEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler);
-    //recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
-    //and also sets its own eventhandler
-    wxEvtHandler *RemoveLastEventHandler(bool deleteHandler);
-
-protected:
-
-    //to position the object
-    wxTransformMatrix lworld;
-
-    //reference to another wxCanvasObject
-    wxCanvasObject* m_obj;
-};
-
-//:defenition
-// wxCanvasRect
-class wxCanvasRect: public wxCanvasObject
-{
-public:
-    wxCanvasRect( double x, double y, double w, double h , double radius=0 );
-    void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush)  { m_brush = brush; };
-    void SetPen( const wxPen& pen)        { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); };
-
-    double  GetPosX() { return m_x; }
-    double  GetPosY() { return m_y; }
-    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y) {m_x=x; m_y=y; CalcBoundingBox();};
-
-    void TransLate( double x, double y );
-    void CalcBoundingBox();
-
-    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
-    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
-
-private:
-    wxPen         m_pen;
-    wxBrush       m_brush;
-
-    double        m_x;
-    double        m_y;
-    double        m_width;
-    double        m_height;
-    double        m_radius;
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCanvasCircle
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class wxCanvasCircle: public wxCanvasObject
-{
-public:
-    wxCanvasCircle( double x, double y, double radius );
-    void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush)  { m_brush = brush; };
-    void SetPen( const wxPen& pen)        { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); };
-
-    double  GetPosX() { return m_x; }
-    double  GetPosY() { return m_y; }
-    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y) {m_x=x; m_y=y;CalcBoundingBox(); };
-
-    void TransLate( double x, double y );
-
-    void CalcBoundingBox();
-
-    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
-    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
-
-    wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
-
-private:
-    wxPen         m_pen;
-    wxBrush       m_brush;
-
-    double        m_x;
-    double        m_y;
-    double        m_radius;
-};
-
-//:defenition
-// wxCanvasEllipse
-class wxCanvasEllipse: public wxCanvasObject
-{
-public:
-    wxCanvasEllipse( double x, double y, double width, double height );
-    void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush)  { m_brush = brush; };
-    void SetPen( const wxPen& pen)        { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); };
-
-    double  GetPosX() { return m_x; }
-    double  GetPosY() { return m_y; }
-    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y) {m_x=x; m_y=y; CalcBoundingBox();};
-
-    void TransLate( double x, double y );
-
-    void CalcBoundingBox();
-
-    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
-    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
-
-    wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
-
-private:
-    wxPen         m_pen;
-    wxBrush       m_brush;
-
-    double        m_x;
-    double        m_y;
-    double        m_width;
-    double        m_height;
-};
-
-//:defenition
-// wxCanvasEllipticArc
-class wxCanvasEllipticArc: public wxCanvasObject
-{
-public:
-    wxCanvasEllipticArc( double x, double y, double width, double height, double start, double end );
-    void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush)  { m_brush = brush; };
-    void SetPen( const wxPen& pen)        { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); };
-
-    double  GetPosX() { return m_x; }
-    double  GetPosY() { return m_y; }
-    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y) {m_x=x; m_y=y; CalcBoundingBox();};
-
-    void TransLate( double x, double y );
-    void CalcBoundingBox();
-
-    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
-    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
-
-    wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
-
-private:
-    wxPen         m_pen;
-    wxBrush       m_brush;
-
-    double        m_x;
-    double        m_y;
-    double        m_width;
-    double        m_height;
-    double        m_start;
-    double        m_end;
-};
-
-//:defenition
-// wxCanvasLine
-class wxCanvasLine: public wxCanvasObject
-{
-public:
-    wxCanvasLine( double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2 );
-    void SetPen( const wxPen& pen)    { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); };
-
-
-    double  GetPosX() { return m_x1; }
-    double  GetPosY() { return m_y1; }
-    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y) {m_x1=x; m_y1=y; CalcBoundingBox();};
-
-    void TransLate( double x, double y );
-
-    void CalcBoundingBox();
-
-    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
-    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
-
-    wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
-
-private:
-    wxPen         m_pen;
-
-    double        m_x1;
-    double        m_y1;
-    double        m_x2;
-    double        m_y2;
-};
-
-//:defenition
-// wxCanvasImage
-class wxCanvasImage: public wxCanvasObject
-{
-public:
-    wxCanvasImage( const wxImage &image, double x, double y, double w, double h );
-
-    double  GetPosX() { return m_x; }
-    double  GetPosY() { return m_y; }
-    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y);
-
-    void TransLate( double x, double y );
-
-    void CalcBoundingBox();
-
-    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
-    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
-
-private:
-    double      m_x;
-    double      m_y;
-    double      m_width;
-    double      m_height;
-
-    wxImage     m_image;
-    int         m_orgw,m_orgh;
-    
-    // cache
-    wxBitmap    m_cBitmap;
-    wxImage     m_cImage;
-    int         m_cW;
-    int         m_cH;
-    double      m_cR;
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCanvasControl
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxCanvasControl: public wxCanvasObject
-{
-public:
-    wxCanvasControl( wxWindow *control );
-    ~wxCanvasControl();
-
-    double  GetPosX();
-    double  GetPosY();
-    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y);
-
-    void TransLate( double x, double y );
-    void MoveRelative( double x, double y );
-
-    void CalcBoundingBox();
-
-private:
-    wxWindow     *m_control;
-};
-
-//:defenition
-// wxCanvasText
-class wxCanvasText: public wxCanvasObject
-{
-public:
-    wxCanvasText( const wxString &text, double x, double y, const wxString &foneFile, int size );
-    ~wxCanvasText();
-
-    double  GetPosX() { return m_x; }
-    double  GetPosY() { return m_y; }
-    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y) {m_x=x; m_y=y;CalcBoundingBox(); };
-
-    void TransLate( double x, double y );
-
-    void CalcBoundingBox();
-
-    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
-    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
-
-    void SetRGB( unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue );
-    void SetFlag( int flag );
-    int GetFlag()              { return m_flag; }
-
-private:
-    wxString        m_text;
-    double          m_x;
-    double          m_y;
-    unsigned char  *m_alpha;
-    void           *m_faceData;
-    int             m_flag;
-    int             m_red;
-    int             m_green;
-    int             m_blue;
-    wxString        m_fontFileName;
-    int             m_size;
-};
-
-//:defenition
-// wxCanvas is used to display a wxCanvasGroupObject, which contains wxCanvasObject derived
-// drawable objects. The group to draw is called the root.
-// All objects are defined in world coordinates, relative to its parent (e.g. nested groups)
-// There are methods to convert from world to device coordinates and visa versa.
-// Rendering a draw is normally started on the root, it to a buffer, afterwords
-// an update of the damaged parts will blitted from the buffer to the screen.
-// This is done in Idle time, but can also be forced.
-// World coordinates can be with the Y axis going up are down.
-// The area of the drawing in world coordinates that is visible on the canvas
-// can be set. Parts of this area can be zoomed into resulting in scroll bars
-// to be displayed.
-class wxCanvas: public wxScrolledWindow
-{
-public:
-    // constructors and destructors
-    wxCanvas( wxCanvasAdmin* admin ,wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
-        const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-        long style = wxScrolledWindowStyle );
-    virtual ~wxCanvas();
-
-    //background colour for the canvas
-    virtual  void SetColour( const wxColour& background );
-
-    //update the area given in device coordinates
-    virtual void Update( int x, int y, int width, int height, bool blit = TRUE );
-
-    //blit all updated areas now to the screen, else it will happen in idle time.
-    //Use this to support dragging for instance, becuase in such cases idle time
-    //will take to long.
-    virtual void UpdateNow();
-
-    //prevent canvas activety
-    virtual void Freeze();
-    //allow canvas activety
-    virtual void Thaw();
-
-    //get the buffer that is used for rendering in general
-    inline wxBitmap *GetBuffer() { return &m_buffer; }
-    //get the DC that is used for rendering
-    inline wxDC *GetDC()   { return m_renderDC; }
-    //set the DC that is used for rendering
-    inline void  SetDC(wxDC* dc)   { m_renderDC=dc; }
-
-    inline int GetBufferWidth()  { return m_buffer.GetWidth(); }
-    inline int GetBufferHeight() { return m_buffer.GetHeight(); }
-
-    //updating is needed for the canvas if the buffer did change
-    bool NeedUpdate()            { return m_needUpdate; }
-    bool IsFrozen()              { return m_frozen; }
-
-    //blit damaged areas in the buffer to the screen
-    void BlitBuffer( wxDC &dc );
-
-    //redirect events to this canvas object
-    void SetCaptureMouse( wxCanvasObject *obj );
-    //are events redirected, if so return the object else NULL
-    inline wxCanvasObject* GetCaptured() { return m_captureMouse;}
-
-    //set the root group where the objects for this canvas are stored
-    void SetRoot(wxCanvasObjectGroup* aroot){m_root=aroot;}
-
-    //get root group that is displayed on the canvas
-    wxCanvasObjectGroup* GetRoot(){return m_root;}
-
-    //scroll the window in device coordinates
-    virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy,
-                               const wxRect* rect = (wxRect *) NULL );
-
-    //get y axis orientation
-    virtual bool GetYaxis() { return FALSE; }
-    
-    //get the visible part in world coordinates
-    virtual double GetMinX() const;
-    virtual double GetMinY() const;
-    virtual double GetMaxX() const;
-    virtual double GetMaxY() const;
-
-    //convert from window to virtual coordinates
-    virtual double DeviceToLogicalX(int x) const;
-    virtual double DeviceToLogicalY(int y) const;
-    virtual double DeviceToLogicalXRel(int x) const;
-    virtual double DeviceToLogicalYRel(int y) const;
-    virtual int LogicalToDeviceX(double x) const;
-    virtual int LogicalToDeviceY(double y) const;
-    virtual int LogicalToDeviceXRel(double x) const;
-    virtual int LogicalToDeviceYRel(double y) const;
-
-protected:
-    wxBitmap         m_buffer;
-
-    //always available and m_buffer selected
-    wxDC*            m_renderDC;
-    
-    bool             m_needUpdate;
-    wxList           m_updateRects;
-    wxCanvasObjectGroup* m_root;
-
-    wxColour         m_background;
-    bool             m_frozen;
-    wxCanvasObject  *m_lastMouse;
-    wxCanvasObject  *m_captureMouse;
-
-    int              m_oldDeviceX,m_oldDeviceY;
-
-    wxCanvasAdmin*   m_admin;
-    
-private:
-    int              m_bufferX,m_bufferY;
-
-protected:
-    void OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event );
-    void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
-    void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event );
-    void OnIdle( wxIdleEvent &event );
-    void OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &event );
-    void OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &event );
-    void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent &event );
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxCanvas)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-
-
-class wxVectorCanvas: public wxCanvas
-{
-public:
-    // constructors and destructors
-    wxVectorCanvas( wxCanvasAdmin* admin ,wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
-        const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-        long style = wxScrolledWindowStyle );
-
-    //scroll the window in device coordinates
-    virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy,
-                               const wxRect* rect = (wxRect *) NULL );
-
-    //set if the Yaxis goes up or down
-    void SetYaxis(bool up) { m_yaxis=up; }
-
-    //get currently used Yaxis setting
-    virtual bool GetYaxis() { return m_yaxis; }
-
-    //to set the total area in world coordinates that can be scrolled.
-    // when totaly zoomed out (SetMappingScroll same size as given here),
-    // this will be the area displayed.
-    // To display all of a drawing, set this here to the boundingbox of the root group
-    // of the canvas.
-    void SetScroll(double vx1,double vy1,double vx2,double vy2);
-
-    //given the virtual size to be displayed, the mappingmatrix will be calculated
-    //in such a manner that it fits (same ratio in width and height) to the window size.
-    //The window size is used to intitialize the mapping.
-    //The virtual size is just an indication, it will be ajusted to fit in the client window ratio.
-    //When border is set an extra margin is added so that the drawing will fit nicely.
-    // To display all of a drawing, set this here to the boundingbox of the root group
-    // of the canvas.
-    void SetMappingScroll(double vx1,double vy1,double vx2,double vy2,bool border);
-
-    //matrix for calculating the virtual coordinate given a screen coordinate
-    wxTransformMatrix   GetInverseMappingMatrix();
-
-    //matrix for calculating the screen coordinate given a virtual coordinate
-    wxTransformMatrix   GetMappingMatrix();
-
-    //get minimum X of the visible part in world coordinates
-    virtual double GetMinX() const;
-    virtual double GetMinY() const;
-    virtual double GetMaxX() const;
-    virtual double GetMaxY() const;
-    
-    //convert from window to virtual coordinates and back
-    virtual double DeviceToLogicalX(int x) const;
-    virtual double DeviceToLogicalY(int y) const;
-    virtual double DeviceToLogicalXRel(int x) const;
-    virtual double DeviceToLogicalYRel(int y) const;
-    virtual int LogicalToDeviceX(double x) const;
-    virtual int LogicalToDeviceY(double y) const;
-    virtual int LogicalToDeviceXRel(double x) const;
-    virtual int LogicalToDeviceYRel(double y) const;
-
-protected:
-    // up or down
-    bool m_yaxis;
-
-    // holds the matrix for mapping from virtual to screen coordinates
-    wxTransformMatrix m_mapping_matrix;
-
-    // holds the inverse of the mapping matrix
-    wxTransformMatrix m_inverse_mapping;
-
-    //virtual coordinates of total drawing
-    double m_virtm_minX, m_virtm_minY, m_virtm_maxX, m_virtm_maxY;
-
-    // virtual coordinates box
-    double m_virt_minX, m_virt_minY, m_virt_maxX, m_virt_maxY;
-
-    // bounding box
-    double m_minX, m_minY, m_maxX, m_maxY;
-
-    //are scroll bars active?
-    bool m_scrolled;
-
-private:
-    void OnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event);
-    void OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event );
-    void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event );
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxVectorCanvas)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-
-
-//:defenition
-//Contains a list of wxCanvas Objects that will be maintained through this class.
-//Each wxCanvasObject can be displayed on several wxCanvas Objects at the same time.
-//The active wxCanvas is used to render and convert coordinates from world to device.
-//So it is important to set the active wxCanvas based on the wxCanvas that has the focus
-//or is scrolled etc. This is normally done within wxCanvas when appropriate.
-class wxCanvasAdmin
-{
-public:
-    // constructors and destructors
-    wxCanvasAdmin();
-    virtual ~wxCanvasAdmin();
-
-    //convert from window to virtual coordinates
-    double DeviceToLogicalX(int x) const;
-    //convert from window to virtual coordinates
-    double DeviceToLogicalY(int y) const;
-    //convert from window to virtual coordinates relatif
-    double DeviceToLogicalXRel(int x) const;
-    //convert from window to virtual coordinates relatif
-    double DeviceToLogicalYRel(int y) const;
-    //convert from virtual to window coordinates
-    int LogicalToDeviceX(double x) const;
-    //convert from virtual to window coordinates
-    int LogicalToDeviceY(double y) const;
-    //convert from virtual to window coordinates relatif
-    int LogicalToDeviceXRel(double x) const;
-    //convert from virtual to window coordinates relatif
-    int LogicalToDeviceYRel(double y) const;
-
-    //update in the buffer off all canvases, the area given in world coordinates
-    virtual void Update(wxCanvasObject* obj, double x, double y, double width, double height);
-
-    //blit all updated areas now to the screen, else it will happen in idle time.
-    //Use this to support dragging for instance, becuase in such cases idle time
-    //will take to long.
-    virtual void UpdateNow();
-
-    //append another canvas
-    virtual void Append( wxCanvas* canvas );
-
-    //remove a canvas
-    virtual void Remove( wxCanvas* canvas );
-
-    //set the given canvas as active (for rendering, coordinate conversion etc.)
-    void SetActive(wxCanvas* activate);
-
-    //get active canvas
-    inline wxCanvas* GetActive() {return m_active;};
-
-private:
-    wxList m_canvaslist;
-    wxCanvas* m_active;
-};
-
-#endif
-    // WXCANVAS
-

contrib/include/wx/canvas/liner.h

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        liner.h
-// Author:      Klaas Holwerda
-// Created:     1/10/2000
-// Copyright:   2000 (c) Klaas Holwerda
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#ifndef __WXLINER_H
-#define __WXLINER_H
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma interface "liner.cpp"
-#endif
-
-
-#include "wx/geometry.h"
-
-enum OUTPRODUCT {R_IS_LEFT,R_IS_ON,R_IS_RIGHT};
-
-// Status of a point to a wxLine
-enum R_PointStatus {R_LEFT_SIDE, R_RIGHT_SIDE, R_ON_AREA, R_IN_AREA};
-
-class wxLine
-{
-public:
-    // constructors and destructor
-    wxLine( double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2 );
-    wxLine( const wxPoint2DDouble& a, const wxPoint2DDouble& b);
-    ~wxLine();
-
-    wxPoint2DDouble GetBeginPoint();                               // Get the beginpoint from a wxLine
-    wxPoint2DDouble GetEndPoint();                                 // Get the endpoint from a wxLine
-    bool            CheckIntersect( wxLine&, double Marge); // Check if two wxLines intersects
-    int             Intersect( wxLine&,  wxPoint2DDouble& bp ,wxPoint2DDouble& ep ,double Marge) ;   // Intersects two wxLines
-    bool            Intersect( wxLine& lijn, wxPoint2DDouble& crossing); //intersect two (infinit) lines
-    R_PointStatus   PointOnLine( const wxPoint2DDouble& a_Point, double& Distance, double Marge ); //For an infinite wxLine
-    R_PointStatus   PointInLine( const wxPoint2DDouble& a_Point, double& Distance, double Marge ); //For a non-infinite wxLine
-    OUTPRODUCT      OutProduct( const wxLine& two, double accur);              // outproduct of two wxLines
-    double          Calculate_Y( double X);                                 // Caclulate Y if X is known
-    void            Virtual_Point( wxPoint2DDouble& a_point, double distance) const;
-    wxLine&         operator=( const wxLine&);                              // assignment operator
-    void            CalculateLineParameters();                                  // Calculate the parameters if nessecary
-    void            OffsetContour( const wxLine& nextline, double factor,wxPoint2DDouble& offsetpoint) const;
-
-private:
-
-    int   ActionOnTable1(R_PointStatus,R_PointStatus);                          // Function needed for Intersect
-    int   ActionOnTable2(R_PointStatus,R_PointStatus);                          // Function needed for Intersect
-
-    double      m_AA;
-    double      m_BB;
-    double      m_CC;
-    wxPoint2DDouble m_a;
-    wxPoint2DDouble m_b;
-    bool        m_valid_parameters;
-};
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/canvas/polygon.h

@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        polygon.h
-// Author:      Klaas Holwerda
-// Created:     XX/XX/XX
-// Copyright:   2000 (c) Klaas Holwerda
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __WXPOLYGON_H__
-#define __WXPOLYGON_H__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma interface "polygon.cpp"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
-    #include "wx/wx.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/matrix.h"
-#include "wx/geometry.h"
-#include "bbox.h"
-#include "canvas.h"
-
-enum INOUTPOLY {OUTSIDE_POLY,INSIDE_POLY,ON_POLY};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCanvasPolygon
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxCanvasPolygon: public wxCanvasObject
-{
-public:
-    wxCanvasPolygon( int n, wxPoint2DDouble points[],  bool spline = FALSE );
-    ~wxCanvasPolygon();
-    void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush)  { m_brush = brush; }
-    void SetPen( const wxPen& pen)        { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); }
-
-    //set colour 1
-    //being the background color if filling with a monochrome bitmap
-    //or in case of gradient filling the starting colour for the fill
-    void SetColour1( const wxColour& fg) { m_textfg=fg;}
-    //set colour 1
-    //being the foreground color if filling with a monochrome bitmap
-    //or in case of gradient filling the ending colour for the fill
-    void SetColour2( const wxColour& bg) { m_textbg=bg;}
-    //transparent filling when bitmapbrush is monochrome
-    void SetTransParent(bool transp) { m_transp=transp;}
-    //gradient filling using lines chnging in colour from colour1 to colour2
-    void SetGradient(bool gradient, const wxPen& gpen, double distance)
-    { m_gradient=gradient;
-      m_gpen=gpen;
-      m_gdistance=distance;
-    }
-
-    double  GetPosX() { return m_points[0].m_x; }
-    double  GetPosY() { return m_points[0].m_y; }
-    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y);
-
-    void TransLate( double x, double y );
-    void CalcBoundingBox();
-
-    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
-    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
-
-    wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
-
-    INOUTPOLY PointInPolygon(const wxPoint2DDouble& P, double marge);
-
-private:
-
-    bool MoveUp(double horline, int& index, int direction);
-    void DetectCriticalPoints();
-    void FillPolygon(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
-    wxList m_CRlist;
-    wxList m_AETlist;
-
-
-    wxBrush       m_brush;
-    wxPen         m_pen;
-    wxColour      m_textbg;
-    wxColour      m_textfg;
-
-    //if brush is of type bitmap with a mask fill with mask transparent
-    bool          m_transp;
-    bool          m_gradient;
-    wxPen         m_gpen;
-    double        m_gdistance;
-
-    bool          m_spline;
-
-    int           m_n;
-    wxPoint2DDouble* m_points;
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCanvasPolyline
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxCanvasPolyline: public wxCanvasObject
-{
-public:
-    wxCanvasPolyline(int n, wxPoint2DDouble points[]);
-    ~wxCanvasPolyline();
-    void SetPen( const wxPen& pen)    { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); }
-
-    double  GetPosX() { return m_points[0].m_x; }
-    double  GetPosY() { return m_points[0].m_y; }
-    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y);
-
-    void TransLate( double x, double y );
-    void CalcBoundingBox();
-
-    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
-    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
-
-    wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
-
-    bool PointOnPolyline(const wxPoint2DDouble& P, double marge);
-
-private:
-
-    wxPen         m_pen;
-
-    int           m_n;
-    wxPoint2DDouble* m_points;
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCanvasPolygon
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxCanvasPolygonL: public wxCanvasObject
-{
-public:
-    wxCanvasPolygonL(wxList* points, bool spline = FALSE);
-    ~wxCanvasPolygonL();
-    void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush)  { m_brush = brush; }
-    void SetPen( const wxPen& pen)        { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); }
-    void SetColour1( const wxColour& fg) { m_textfg=fg;}
-    void SetColour2( const wxColour& bg) { m_textbg=bg;}
-    void SetTransParent(bool transp) { m_transp=transp;}
-
-    double  GetPosX();
-    double  GetPosY();
-    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y);
-    void TransLate( double x, double y );
-    void CalcBoundingBox();
-
-    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
-    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
-
-    wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
-
-    INOUTPOLY PointInPolygon(const wxPoint2DDouble& P, double marge);
-
-private:
-
-    wxBrush       m_brush;
-    wxPen         m_pen;
-    bool          m_spline;
-    wxColour      m_textbg;
-    wxColour      m_textfg;
-    //if brush is of type bitmap with a mask fill with mask transparent
-    bool          m_transp;
-
-    wxList*       m_lpoints;
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCanvasPolyline
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxCanvasPolylineL: public wxCanvasObject
-{
-public:
-    wxCanvasPolylineL(wxList* points, bool spline );
-    ~wxCanvasPolylineL();
-    void SetPen( const wxPen& pen)    { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); }
-
-    double  GetPosX();
-    double  GetPosY();
-    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y);
-
-    void TransLate( double x, double y );
-    void CalcBoundingBox();
-
-    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
-    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
-
-    wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
-
-    bool PointOnPolyline(const wxPoint2DDouble& P, double marge);
-
-private:
-    wxPen         m_pen;
-    bool          m_spline;
-
-    wxList*       m_lpoints;
-};
-
-//active edge table
-class wxAET
-{
-public:
-    inline void CalculateLineParameters( const wxPoint2DDouble& p1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& p2 );
-    inline void CalculateXs( double y );
-
-    //line paramters
-    bool m_horizontal;
-    double m_BdivA;
-    double m_CdivA;
-    int m_index;
-    int m_direction;
-    //intersection point with scanline;
-    double m_xs;
-};
-
-#endif
-

contrib/include/wx/fl/antiflickpl.h

@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        No names yet.
-// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
-// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas (@Lithuania)
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     23/10/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Licence:   	wxWindows license
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __ANTIFLICKPL_G__
-#define __ANTIFLICKPL_G__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma interface "antiflickpl.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/fl/controlbar.h"
-
-class cbAntiflickerPlugin : public cbPluginBase
-{
-	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( cbAntiflickerPlugin )
-protected:
-	// double-buffers are shared "resource" among all instances of 
-	// antiflicker plugin within the application 
-	//
-	// TODO:: locking should be implemented, for multithreaded GUIs
-
-	static wxBitmap*   mpVertBuf;
-	static wxBitmap*   mpHorizBuf;
-	static wxMemoryDC* mpVertBufDc;
-	static wxMemoryDC* mpHorizBufDc;
-
-	static int mRefCount;
-
-	wxDC*  mpLRUBufDc; // last-reacently-used buffer
-	wxRect mLRUArea;   // last-reacently-used area
-
-protected:
-	// returns NULL, if sutable buffer is not present
-	wxDC* FindSuitableBuffer( const wxRect& forArea );
-	wxDC* AllocNewBuffer( const wxRect& forArea );
-	wxDC& GetWindowDC();
-
-	wxDC& GetClientDC();
-public:
-
-	cbAntiflickerPlugin(void);
-
-	cbAntiflickerPlugin( wxFrameLayout* pPanel, int paneMask = wxALL_PANES );
-
-	virtual ~cbAntiflickerPlugin();
-
-	// handlers for plugin events
-
-	void OnStartDrawInArea ( cbStartDrawInAreaEvent& event );
-	void OnFinishDrawInArea( cbFinishDrawInAreaEvent& event );
-
-	DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif /* __ANTIFLICKPL_G__ */
-

contrib/include/wx/fl/bardragpl.h

@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        No names yet.
-// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
-// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     23/09/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Licence:   	wxWindows license
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __BARDRAGPL_G__
-#define __BARDRAGPL_G__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma interface "bardragpl.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/fl/controlbar.h"
-#include "wx/fl/toolwnd.h"
-
-class cbBarDragPlugin : public cbPluginBase
-{
-	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( cbBarDragPlugin )
-protected:
-
-	// plugin is active only in bar-dragging state
-	bool           mBarDragStarted;
-	bool           mCanStick;          // flag used to prevent "bouncing" of hint-rectangle
-	wxScreenDC*    mpScrDc;            // created while tracking hint-rect
-	wxCursor*      mpCurCursor;
-
-	// rectnagle shows the position/dimensions of the bar, 
-	// if it would be docked now
-
-	wxRect         mPrevHintRect;
-	wxRect         mHintRect;
-
-
-	int            mMouseInRectX;
-	int            mMouseInRectY;
-
-	cbDockPane*    mpSrcPane;          // pane, from which the bar was originally taken
-	int            mBarWidthInSrcPane;
-
-	cbDockPane*    mpCurPane;
-
-	cbBarInfo*     mpDraggedBar;       // bar, which is being dragged
-	bool           mBarWasFloating;
-	wxRect         mFloatedBarBounds;
-
-public: /*** public properties ***/
-
-	int            mInClientHintBorder; // when hint-rect moves within client window area,
-                                        // the thicker rectangle is drawn using hatched brush,
-										// the default border width for this rectangle is 8 pix.
-
-protected:
-
-
-	void AdjustHintRect( wxPoint& mousePos );
-
-	void ClipRectInFrame( wxRect& rect );
-	void ClipPosInFrame( wxPoint& pos );
-
-	cbDockPane* HitTestPanes( wxRect& rect );
-	cbDockPane* HitTestPanes( wxPoint& pos );
-	bool HitsPane( cbDockPane* pPane, wxRect& rect );
-
-	void CalcOnScreenDims( wxRect& rect );
-
-	int  GetDistanceToPane( cbDockPane* pPane, wxPoint& mousePos );
-
-	bool IsInOtherPane ( wxPoint& mousePos );
-	bool IsInClientArea( wxPoint& mousePos );
-	bool IsInClientArea( wxRect& rect );
-
-	void StickToPane( cbDockPane* pPane, wxPoint& mousePos );
-	void UnstickFromPane( cbDockPane* pPane, wxPoint& mousePos );
-
-	int GetBarWidthInPane( cbDockPane* pPane );
-	int GetBarHeightInPane( cbDockPane* pPane );
-
-	// on-screen hint-tracking related methods
-
-	void StartTracking();
-
-	void DrawHintRect ( wxRect& rect, bool isInClientRect);
-	void EraseHintRect( wxRect& rect, bool isInClientRect);
-
-	void FinishTracking();
-
-	void DoDrawHintRect( wxRect& rect, bool isInClientRect);
-
-	void RectToScr( wxRect& frameRect, wxRect& scrRect );
-
-	void ShowHint( bool prevWasInClient );
-
-public:
-	cbBarDragPlugin(void);
-
-	cbBarDragPlugin( wxFrameLayout* pPanel, int paneMask = wxALL_PANES );
-
-	virtual ~cbBarDragPlugin();
-
-	// handlers for plugin events
-
-	void OnMouseMove( cbMotionEvent& event );
-	void OnLButtonUp( cbLeftUpEvent& event );
-	void OnLButtonDown( cbLeftDownEvent& event );
-	void OnLDblClick( cbLeftDClickEvent& event );
-
-	// handles event, which oriniates from itself
-	void OnDrawHintRect( cbDrawHintRectEvent& event );        
-
-	void OnStartBarDragging( cbStartBarDraggingEvent& event );
-
-	DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif /* __BARDRAGPL_G__ */
-

contrib/include/wx/fl/barhintspl.h

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        No names yet.
-// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
-// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     30/11/98 (my 22th birthday :-)
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Licence:   	wxWindows license
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __DRAGHINTSPL_G__
-#define __DRAGHINTSPL_G__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma interface "barhintspl.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/fl/controlbar.h"
-#include "wx/fl/toolwnd.h"
-
-/*
- * Intercepts bar-decoration and sizing events, draws 3d-hints
- * around fixed and flexible bars, similar to those in Microsoft DevStudio 6.x
- */
-
-class cbBarHintsPlugin : public cbPluginBase
-{
-	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( cbBarHintsPlugin )
-
-protected:
-	cbDockPane* mpPane; // is set up temorarely, while handling event
-
-	cbMiniButton* mBoxes[2];
-
-	bool        mBtnPressed;
-	bool        mClosePressed;
-	cbBarInfo*  mpClickedBar;
-	bool        mDepressed;
-
-protected:
-	// drawing helpers
-
-	void Draw3DBox      ( wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos, bool pressed );
-	void DrawCloseBox   ( wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos, bool pressed );
-	void DrawCollapseBox( wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos, 
-						  bool atLeft, bool disabled, bool pressed );
-
-	void DrawGrooves    ( wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos, int length );
-
-	void DoDrawHint( wxDC& dc, wxRect& rect, int pos, int boxOfs, int grooveOfs, bool isFixed );
-	
-	void GetHintsLayout( wxRect& rect, cbBarInfo& info, 
-						 int& boxOfs, int& grooveOfs, int& pos );
-
-	int HitTestHints( cbBarInfo& info, const wxPoint& pos );
-
-	void ExcludeHints( wxRect& rect, cbBarInfo& info );
-
-	void CreateBoxes();
-
-public:
-	/* public properties */
-
-	bool mCloseBoxOn;    // default: ON
-	bool mCollapseBoxOn; // default: ON
-	int  mGrooveCount;   // default: 2 (two shaded bars)
-	int  mHintGap;       // default: 5 (pixels from above, below, right and left)
-	int  mXWeight;       // default: 2 (width in pixels of lines which used for drawing cross)
-
-public:
-
-	cbBarHintsPlugin(void);
-
-	cbBarHintsPlugin( wxFrameLayout* pLayout, int paneMask = wxALL_PANES );
-
-    ~cbBarHintsPlugin();
-
-	void SetGrooveCount( int nGrooves );
-
-	void OnInitPlugin();
-
-	// handlers of plugin-events
-
-	void OnSizeBarWindow( cbSizeBarWndEvent& event );
-	void OnDrawBarDecorations( cbDrawBarDecorEvent& event );
-
-	void OnLeftDown( cbLeftDownEvent& event );
-	void OnLeftUp  ( cbLeftUpEvent&   event );
-	void OnMotion  ( cbMotionEvent&   event );
-
-	DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif /* __DRAGHINTSPL_G__ */
-

contrib/include/wx/fl/cbcustom.h

@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        No names yet.
-// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
-// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     28/10/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Licence:   	wxWindows license
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __CBCUSTOM_G__
-#define __CBCUSTOM_G__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma interface "cbcustom.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/fl/controlbar.h"
-
-class cbSimpleCustomizationPlugin : public cbPluginBase
-{
-public:
-	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( cbSimpleCustomizationPlugin )
-
-	int mCustMenuItemId;
-public:
-
-	cbSimpleCustomizationPlugin(void);
-
-	cbSimpleCustomizationPlugin( wxFrameLayout* pPanel, int paneMask = wxALL_PANES );
-
-	// plugin-event handlers
-
-	void OnCustomizeBar( cbCustomizeBarEvent& event );
-
-	void OnCustomizeLayout( cbCustomizeLayoutEvent& event );
-
-	// menu-event handler
-
-	void OnMenuItemSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-	DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif /* __CBCUSTOM_G__ */
-

contrib/include/wx/fl/dynbarhnd.h

@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        No names yet.
-// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
-// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     23/01/99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Licence:   	wxWindows license
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __DYNBARHND_G__
-#define __DYNBARHND_G__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma interface "dynbarhnd.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/fl/controlbar.h"
-
-#endif /* __DYNBARHND_G__ */
-

contrib/include/wx/fl/dyntbar.h

@@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        No names yet.
-// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
-// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     ??/10/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Licence:   	wxWindows license
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __DYNTBAR_G__
-#define __DYNTBAR_G__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma interface "dyntbar.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/tbarbase.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-// layout item
-
-class wxToolLayoutItem : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-	wxRect    mRect;
-	bool      mIsSeparator;
-};
-
-class wxDynToolInfo;
-
-typedef wxToolLayoutItem* wxToolLayoutItemPtrT;
-typedef wxDynToolInfo*    wxDynToolInfoPtrT;
-
-
-WX_DEFINE_ARRAY( wxToolLayoutItemPtrT, wxLayoutItemArrayT  );
-WX_DEFINE_ARRAY( wxDynToolInfoPtrT,    wxDynToolInfoArrayT );
-
-// base class for layouting algorithm implementations
-
-class LayoutManagerBase
-{
-public:
-	virtual void Layout( const wxSize&       parentDim, 
-						 wxSize&	         resultingDim,
-						 wxLayoutItemArrayT& items,
-						 int		         horizGap,
- 		                 int		         vertGap   ) = 0;
-
-	virtual ~LayoutManagerBase() {}
-};
-
-// layouts items in left-to-right order from
-// top towards bottom
-
-class BagLayout : public LayoutManagerBase
-{
-public:
-	virtual void Layout( const wxSize&       parentDim, 
-						 wxSize&	         resultingDim,
-						 wxLayoutItemArrayT& items,
-						 int		         horizGap,
- 		                 int		         vertGap   );
-};
-
-class wxDynToolInfo : public wxToolLayoutItem
-{
-	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDynToolInfo)
-
-public:
-	wxWindow* mpToolWnd;
-	int       mIndex;
-	wxSize    mRealSize;
-};
-
-// layouting orientations for tools
-
-#define LO_HORIZONTAL    0
-#define LO_VERTICAL      1
-#define LO_FIT_TO_WINDOW 2
-
-// class manages containment and layouting of tool-windows
-
-class wxDynamicToolBar : public wxToolBarBase
-{
-	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDynamicToolBar)
-protected:
-
-	friend class wxDynamicToolBarSerializer;
-
-	wxDynToolInfoArrayT mTools;
-	LayoutManagerBase*  mpLayoutMan;
-
-protected:
-	virtual void SizeToolWindows();
-
-public: /* public properties */
-
-	int                mSepartorSize; // default: 8
-	int                mVertGap;      // default: 0
-	int                mHorizGap;	  // default: 0
-	
-public:
-	wxDynamicToolBar();
-
-	wxDynamicToolBar(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-	             const long style = wxNO_BORDER, const int orientation = wxVERTICAL,
-		         const int RowsOrColumns = 1, const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
-
-	~wxDynamicToolBar(void);
-
-	bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-				const long style = wxNO_BORDER, const int orientation = wxVERTICAL, const int RowsOrColumns = 1, const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
-
-	// overridables
-
-	virtual void AddTool( int toolIndex, 
-                              wxWindow* pToolWindow, 
-                              const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize );
-
-        virtual void AddTool( int toolIndex, 
-                              const wxString& imageFileName,
-                              wxBitmapType imageFileType = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP,
-                              const wxString& labelText = "", bool alignTextRight = FALSE,
-                              bool isFlat = TRUE );
-        virtual void AddTool( int toolIndex, wxBitmap labelBmp,
-                              const wxString& labelText = "", bool alignTextRight = FALSE,
-                              bool isFlat = TRUE );
-
-	// method from wxToolBarBase (for compatibility), only
-	// first two arguments are valid
-
-  virtual wxToolBarToolBase *AddTool(const int toolIndex, const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& pushedBitmap = wxNullBitmap,
-               const bool toggle = FALSE, const long xPos = -1, const long yPos = -1, wxObject *clientData = NULL,
-               const wxString& helpString1 = "", const wxString& helpString2 = "");
-
-	virtual void AddSeparator( wxWindow* pSepartorWnd = NULL );
-
-	wxDynToolInfo* GetToolInfo( int toolIndex );
-
-	void RemveTool( int toolIndex );
-
-	// the default implementation draws shaded line
-	virtual void DrawSeparator( wxDynToolInfo& info, wxDC& dc );
-
-	// see definitions of orientation types
-	virtual bool Layout();
-
-	virtual void GetPreferredDim( const wxSize& givenDim, wxSize& prefDim );
-
-	virtual LayoutManagerBase* CreateDefaulLayout() { return new BagLayout(); }
-
-	virtual void SetLayout( LayoutManagerBase* pLayout );
-
-	virtual void EnableTool(const int toolIndex, const bool enable = TRUE);
-
-	// event handlers
-
-	void OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event );
-	void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
-	void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& event );
-
-	// overriden from wxToolBarBase
-
-	virtual bool Realize(void);
-
-	// stuff from the 2.1.15 
-
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x,
-                                                   wxCoord y) const;
-
-
-    virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
-
-    // the tool is still in m_tools list when this function is called, it will
-    // only be deleted from it if it succeeds
-    virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
-
-    // called when the tools enabled flag changes
-    virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable);
-
-    // called when the tool is toggled
-    virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
-
-    // called when the tools "can be toggled" flag changes
-    virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
-
-    // the functions to create toolbar tools
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int id,
-                                          const wxBitmap& bitmap1,
-                                          const wxBitmap& bitmap2,
-                                          bool toggle,
-                                          wxObject *clientData,
-                                          const wxString& shortHelpString,
-                                          const wxString& longHelpString);
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control);
-
-
-	DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif /* __DYNTBAR_G__ */
-

contrib/include/wx/fl/dyntbarhnd.h

@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        No names yet.
-// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
-// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     23/01/99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Licence:   	wxWindows license
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __DYNTBARHND_G__
-#define __DYNTBARHND_G__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma interface "dyntbarhnd.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/fl/controlbar.h"
-#include "wx/fl/dyntbar.h"
-
-class cbDynToolBarDimHandler : public cbBarDimHandlerBase
-{
-	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( cbDynToolBarDimHandler )
-public:
-	void OnChangeBarState(cbBarInfo* pBar, int newState );
-	void OnResizeBar( cbBarInfo* pBar, const wxSize& given, wxSize& preferred );
-};
-
-#endif /* __DYNTBARHND_G__ */
-

contrib/include/wx/fl/frmview.h

@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        No names yet.
-// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
-// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     02/01/99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Licence:   	wxWindows license
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __FRMVIEW_G__
-#define __FRMVIEW_G__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma interface "frmview.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/module.h"
-
-#if 0
-#include "wx/fl/objstore.h"
-#endif
-
-class wxObjectStorage;
-
-#include "wx/fl/controlbar.h"
-
-class wxFrameManager;
-
-class wxFrameView : public wxEvtHandler
-{
-protected:
-	wxStringList    mTopMenus;
-	wxFrameLayout*  mpLayout;
-	wxFrameManager* mpFrameMgr;
-	bool            mDoToolUpdates;
-
-	friend class wxFrameManager;
-	friend class wxFrameViewSerializer;	
-
-protected:
-	void OnIdle( wxIdleEvent& event);
-	
-public:
-	wxFrameView();
-	~wxFrameView();
-
-	virtual void Activate();
-	virtual void Deactivate();
-
-	wxFrame* GetParentFrame();
-	wxWindow* GetClientWindow();
-
-	wxFrameManager& GetFrameManager();
-
-	void RegisterMenu( const wxString& topMenuName );
-
-	void CreateLayout();
-	wxFrameLayout* GetLayout();
-	void SetLayout( wxFrameLayout* pLayout );
-	void SetToolUpdates( bool doToolUpdates = TRUE );
-
-
-	// hooks for specific frame-views
-
-	virtual void OnInit() {}
-
-	virtual void OnSerialize( wxObjectStorage& store ) {}
-	virtual void OnActiveate() {}
-	virtual void OnDeactivate() {}
-
-	// imp. is mandatory
-	virtual void OnRecreate() {}
-	virtual void OnInitMenus() {}
-
-	DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-class wxFrame;
-
-class wxFrameManager : wxObject
-{
-protected:
-	wxList       mViews;
-	wxWindow*    mpFrameWnd;
-	int          mActiveViewNo;
-	wxWindow*    mpClientWnd;
-
-#if 0
-	wxObjectStorage mStore;
-#endif
-
-	wxString        mSettingsFile;
-
-protected:
-	void DoSerialize( wxObjectStorage& store );
-	void DestroyViews();
-	int GetViewNo( wxFrameView* pView );
-	void EnableMenusForView( wxFrameView* pView, bool enable );
-	void SyncAllMenus();
-
-public:
-	wxFrameManager();
-	~wxFrameManager();
-
-	// if file name is empty, views are are not saved/loaded
-
-	virtual void Init( wxWindow* pMainFrame, const wxString& settingsFile = "" );
-
-	// synonyms
-	wxFrame* GetParentFrame();
-	wxWindow* GetParentWindow();
-
-	int GetActiveViewNo();
-	wxFrameView* GetActiveView();
-	wxNode* GetActiveViewNode();
-
-	wxFrameView* GetView( int viewNo );
-
-	void SetClinetWindow( wxWindow* pFrameClient ); 
-	wxWindow* GetClientWindow();
-
-	void AddView( wxFrameView* pFrmView );
-	void RemoveView( wxFrameView* pFrmView );
-
-	void ActivateView( int viewNo );
-	void ActivateView( wxFrameView* pFrmView );
-	void DeactivateCurrentView();
-
-	wxObjectStorage& GetObjectStore();
-
-	void SaveViewsNow();
-	bool ReloadViews();
-
-	bool ViewsAreLoaded();
-};
-
-#endif /* __FRMVIEW_G__ */
-

contrib/include/wx/fl/garbagec.h

@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        No names yet.
-// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
-// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas (@Lithuania)
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     ??/10/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Licence:   	wxWindows license
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __GARBAGEC_G__
-#define __GARBAGEC_G__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma interface "garbagec.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/list.h"
-
-struct GCItem
-{
-	void*	  mpObj;
-	wxList    mRefs;   // references to other nodes
-};
-
-inline void* gc_node_to_obj( wxNode* pGCNode )
-{
-	return ( (GCItem*) (pGCNode->Data()) )->mpObj;
-}
-
-// class implements extremely slow, but probably one of the most simple GC algorithms
-
-class GarbageCollector
-{
-protected:
-	wxList mAllNodes;
-	wxList mRegularLst;
-	wxList mCycledLst;
-
-	wxNode* FindItemNode( void* pForObj );
-	void    ResolveReferences();
-
-	wxNode* FindReferenceFreeItemNode();
-	void    RemoveReferencesToNode( wxNode* pItemNode );
-	void    DestroyItemList( wxList& lst );
-
-public:
-
-	GarbageCollector() {}
-
-	virtual ~GarbageCollector();
-
-	// prepare data for GC alg.
-
-	virtual void AddObject( void* pObj, int refCnt = 1 );
-	virtual void AddDependency( void* pObj, void* pDependsOnObj );
-
-	// executes GC alg.
-
-	virtual void ArrangeCollection();
-
-	// access results of the alg.
-
-	wxList& GetRegularObjects();
-	wxList& GetCycledObjects();
-
-	// removes all data from GC
-
-	void Reset();
-};
-
-#endif /* __GARBAGEC_G__ */
-

contrib/include/wx/fl/gcupdatesmgr.h

@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        No names yet.
-// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
-// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     19/10/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Licence:   	wxWindows license
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __GCUPDATESMGR_G__
-#define __GCUPDATESMGR_G__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma interface "gcupdatesmgr.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/fl/controlbar.h"
-#include "wx/fl/updatesmgr.h"
-
-#include "wx/fl/garbagec.h"
-
-/*
- * class implements optimized logic for refreshing
- * areas of frame layout - which actually need to be updated. 
- * Is used as default updates-manager by wxFrameLayout.
- *
- * it is called "Garbage Collecting" u.mgr for it's implementation
- * tries to find out dependencies between bars, and to order
- * them ito "hierarchy", this hierarchical sorting resembles
- * implemenation of heap-garbage collectors, which resolve
- * dependencies between references.
- *
- * Example: there are situations where the order of moving
- *          the windows does matter:
- *
- *   case 1)                
- *      ------		    ---
- *      | A	 |	 	    |B|  
- *		------	 --->  	| |
- *			---		   	--- ------ 
- *			|B|		   		| A  | 
- *			| |		   		------
- *			---		   		
- *						(future)
- *	   (past)            
- *
- *  past/future positions of A and B windows completely overlapp, i.e.
- *  depend on each other, and there is not solution for
- *  moving the windows witout refreshing both of them,
- *  -- we have cyclic dependency here. The gc. alg will
- *  find this cyclic dependecy and will force "refresh"
- *  after movement.
- *
- *   case 2)
- *
- *      ------		                        
- *      | A	 |	 	                        
- * 		------	 --->                       
- * 			---		                  
- * 			|B|		   		           ------   
- * 			| |		   		           | A  |   
- * 			---		   		           ------         
- *						 ---
- *						 |B|
- *						 | |
- *					     ---
- *
- * 						(future)                
- * 	   (past)       
- *
- *  in this case past/future positions do not overlapp, thus
- *  it's enough only to move windows, without refreshing them.
- *  GC will "notice" it.
- *
- *  there is also third case, when overlapping is partial
- *  in this case the refershing can be also avoided by
- *  moving windows in the order of "most-dependant" towards the
- *  "least-dependent". GC handles this automatically, by
- *  sorting windows by their dependency-level (or "hierarchy")
- *
- *  See garbagec.h for more details of this method, garbagec.h/cpp
- *  implement sorting of generic-dependencies (does not deal
- *  with graphical objects directly)
- *
- *  Summary: improves performance when complex/large windows are 
- *           moved around, by reducing number of repaints. Also helps 
- *           to avoid dirty non-client areas of moved windows
- *           in some special cases of "overlapping anomalies"
- */
-
-class cbGCUpdatesMgr : public cbSimpleUpdatesMgr
-{
-	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( cbGCUpdatesMgr )
-protected:
-
-	GarbageCollector mGC;
-
-	void DoRepositionItems( wxList& items );
-
-	void AddItem( wxList&     itemList,
-				  cbBarInfo*  pBar, 
-		          cbDockPane* pPane,
-				  wxRect&     curBounds,
-				  wxRect&     prevBounds );
-
-public:
-
-	cbGCUpdatesMgr(void) {}
-
-	cbGCUpdatesMgr( wxFrameLayout* pPanel );
-
-	// notificiactions received from Frame Layout :
-
-	virtual void OnStartChanges();
-
-	// refreshes parts of the frame layout, which need an update
-	virtual void UpdateNow();
-};
-
-#endif /* __GCUPDATESMGR_G__ */
-

contrib/include/wx/fl/hintanimpl.h

@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        No names yet.
-// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
-// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     9/11/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Licence:   	wxWindows license
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __HINTANIMPL_G__
-#define __HINTANIMPL_G__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma interface "hintanimpl.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/fl/controlbar.h"
-
-#include "wx/timer.h"
-
-class cbHintAnimTimer;
-
-class cbHintAnimationPlugin : public cbPluginBase
-{
-	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( cbHintAnimationPlugin )
-protected:
-	friend class cbHintAnimTimer;
-
-	wxScreenDC*      mpScrDc;     // created while tracking hint-rect
-	cbHintAnimTimer* mpAnimTimer;  
-
-	// FOR NOW:: try it without mutually exculisve locks
-	volatile wxRect  mCurRect;
-
-	// state variables
-
-	bool   mAnimStarted;
-	bool   mStopPending;
-
-	bool   mPrevInClient;
-	bool   mCurInClient;
-
-	wxRect mPrevRect;
-
-public:
-	int    mMorphDelay;         // delay between frames in miliseconds,     default: 20
-	int    mMaxFrames;          // number  of iterations for hint morphing, default: 30
-							    // (morph duration = mMorphDelay * mMaxFrames msec)
-
-	int    mInClientHintBorder; // default: 4 pixels
-
-	bool   mAccelerationOn;     // TRUE, if morph accelerates, otherwise morph
-								// speed is constant. Default: TRUE
-
-	// TBD:: get/set methods for above members
-
-protected:
-	void StartTracking();
-
-	void DrawHintRect ( wxRect& rect, bool isInClientRect);
-	void EraseHintRect( wxRect& rect, bool isInClientRect);
-
-	void FinishTracking();
-
-	void DoDrawHintRect( wxRect& rect, bool isInClientRect);
-
-	void RectToScr( wxRect& frameRect, wxRect& scrRect );
-
-public:
-	cbHintAnimationPlugin(void);
-
-	~cbHintAnimationPlugin();
-
-	cbHintAnimationPlugin( wxFrameLayout* pPanel, int paneMask = wxALL_PANES );
-
-	void OnDrawHintRect( cbDrawHintRectEvent& event );        
-
-	DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-
-// helper classes
-
-struct MorphInfoT
-{
-	wxPoint mFrom;
-	wxPoint mTill;
-};
-
-class cbHintAnimTimer : public wxTimer 
-{
-protected:
-
-	friend class cbHintAnimationPlugin;
-
-	wxRect      mPrevMorphed;
-
-	MorphInfoT  mUpperLeft;
-	MorphInfoT  mLowerRight;
-	int         mCurIter;
-
-	long        mLock;
-
-	cbHintAnimationPlugin* mpPl;
-
-	void MorphPoint( wxPoint& origin, MorphInfoT& info, wxPoint& point );
-
-public: 
-
-	cbHintAnimTimer(void);
-
-	virtual void Notify(void);
-
-	virtual bool Init( cbHintAnimationPlugin* pAnimPl, bool reinit );
-};
-
-#endif /* __HINTANIMPL_G__ */
-

contrib/include/wx/fl/newbmpbtn.h

@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        No names yet.
-// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
-// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     ??/09/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Licence:   	wxWindows license
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __NEWBMPBTN_G__
-#define __NEWBMPBTN_G__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma interface "newbmpbtn.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/button.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// button lable-text alignment types
-
-#define NB_ALIGN_TEXT_RIGHT  0
-#define NB_ALIGN_TEXT_BOTTOM 1
-#define NB_NO_TEXT           2
-#define NB_NO_IMAGE          3
-
-// classes declared in this header file
-
-class wxNewBitmapButton;
-class wxBorderLessBitmapButton;
-
-// alternative class for wxBmpButton
-
-class wxNewBitmapButton: public wxPanel
-{
-	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNewBitmapButton)
-
-protected:
-
-	friend class wxNewBitmapButtonSerializer;
-
-	int      mTextToLabelGap;
-	int      mMarginX;
-	int      mMarginY;
-	int      mTextAlignment;
-	bool     mIsSticky;
-	bool     mIsFlat;
-
-	wxString mLabelText;
-	wxString mImageFileName;
-	wxBitmapType mImageFileType;
-
-	wxBitmap mDepressedBmp; // source image for rendering
-	                        // labels for particular state
-
-	wxBitmap mFocusedBmp;   // may not be always present -
-							// only if mHasFocusedBmp is TRUE
-
-	wxBitmap* mpDepressedImg;
-	wxBitmap* mpPressedImg;
-	wxBitmap* mpDisabledImg;
-	wxBitmap* mpFocusedImg;
-
-	// button state variables;
-	bool      mDragStarted;
-	bool      mIsPressed; 
-	bool      mIsInFocus;
-	bool      mPrevPressedState;
-	bool	  mPrevInFocusState;
-
-	bool      mHasFocusedBmp;
-
-	// type of event which is fired upon depression of this button
-	int       mFiredEventType;
-
-	// pens for drawing decorations (borders)
-	wxPen     mBlackPen;
-	wxPen     mDarkPen;
-	wxPen     mGrayPen;
-	wxPen     mLightPen;
-
-	bool      mIsCreated;
-	int       mSizeIsSet;
-
-protected:
-	void DestroyLabels();
-
-	// returns the label which match the current button state
-	virtual wxBitmap* GetStateLabel();
-
-	virtual void DrawShade( int outerLevel,
-							wxDC&  dc,
-		                    wxPen& upperLeftSidePen,
-						    wxPen& lowerRightSidePen );
-
-	bool IsInWindow( int x,int y );
-
-public:
-
-	wxNewBitmapButton( const wxBitmap& labelBitmap = wxNullBitmap, 
-					   const wxString& labelText   = "",
-		               int   alignText             = NB_ALIGN_TEXT_BOTTOM,
-					   bool  isFlat                = TRUE,
-					   // this is the default type of fired events
-					   int firedEventType = wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED,
-					   int marginX        = 2,
-	                   int marginY        = 2,
-					   int textToLabelGap = 2,
-					   bool isSticky      = FALSE
-		             );
-
-	// use this constructor if buttons have to be persistant 
-	 
-	wxNewBitmapButton( const wxString& bitmapFileName,
-                           const wxBitmapType     bitmapFileType = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP,
-                           const wxString& labelText      = "",
-                           int alignText                  = NB_ALIGN_TEXT_BOTTOM,
-                           bool  isFlat                   = TRUE,
-                           // this is the default type of fired events
-                           int firedEventType = wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED,
-                           int marginX        = 2,
-                           int marginY        = 2,
-                           int textToLabelGap = 2,
-                           bool isSticky      = FALSE
-                             );
-
-	~wxNewBitmapButton();
-
-	// should be called after Create();
-	virtual void Reshape();
-
-	// overridables
-	virtual void SetLabel(const wxBitmap& labelBitmap, const wxString& labelText = "" );
-	
-	virtual void SetAlignments( int alignText = NB_ALIGN_TEXT_BOTTOM,
-								int marginX        = 2,
-								int marginY        = 2,
-								int textToLabelGap = 2);
-
-	virtual void DrawDecorations( wxDC& dc );
-	virtual void DrawLabel( wxDC& dc );
-
-	virtual void RenderLabelImage( wxBitmap*& destBmp, wxBitmap* srcBmp, 
-								   bool isEnabled = TRUE,
-								   bool isPressed = FALSE);
-
-	virtual void RenderLabelImages();
-	virtual void RenderAllLabelImages();
-
-	// event handlers
-	void OnLButtonDown( wxMouseEvent& event );
-	void OnLButtonUp( wxMouseEvent& event );
-	void OnMouseMove( wxMouseEvent& event );
-	void OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event );
-	void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
-	void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& event );
-	void OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent& event );
-
-	DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif /* __NEWBMPBTN_G__ */
-

contrib/include/wx/fl/panedrawpl.h

@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        No names yet.
-// Purpose:     Central header file for control-bar related classes
-//
-// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas <mailto:alex@soften.ktu.lt>
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     06/09/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Licence:   	wxWindows license
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __PANEDRAWPL_G__
-#define __PANEDRAWPL_G__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma interface "panedrawpl.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/fl/controlbar.h"
-
-/*
- * Simple, but all-in-one plugin implementation. Resembles look & feel of
- * to MFC control-bars. Handles painting of pane and items in it.
- * Fires bar/layout customization event, when user right-clicks bar/pane. 
- * Hooking an instance of this and row-layouting plugins per each pane, 
- * would be enough for the frame layout to function properly.
- * (they are plugged in autimatically by wxFrameLayout class)
- */
-
-class cbPaneDrawPlugin : public cbPluginBase
-{
-public:
-	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( cbPaneDrawPlugin )
-protected:
-
-	// resizing bars/rows state variables
-	bool           mResizeStarted;
-	bool           mResizeCursorOn;
-	wxPoint        mDragOrigin;
-
-	cbBarInfo*     mpDraggedBar; // also used when in bar-drag action
-	cbRowInfo*     mpResizedRow;
-
-	bool           mRowHandleHitted;
-	bool           mIsUpperHandle;
-	bool           mBarHandleHitted;
-	bool           mIsLeftHandle;
-	bool           mBarContentHitted;
-
-	// contstraints for dragging the handle
-	wxRect         mHandleDragArea; 
-	bool           mHandleIsVertical;
-	int            mHandleOfs;
-	int            mDraggedDelta;
-	wxPoint        mPrevPos;
-
-	// used for handling, start-draw-in-area events
-	wxClientDC*    mpClntDc;      
-
-	cbDockPane*    mpPane; // is set up temorary short-cut, while handling event
-
-protected:
-	// helpers
-	void DrawDraggedHandle( const wxPoint& pos, cbDockPane& pane );
-
-	virtual void DrawPaneShade( wxDC& dc, int alignment );
-	virtual void DrawPaneShadeForRow( cbRowInfo* pRow, wxDC& dc );
-
-	virtual void DrawUpperRowHandle( cbRowInfo* pRow, wxDC& dc );
-	virtual void DrawLowerRowHandle( cbRowInfo* pRow, wxDC& dc );
-
-	virtual void DrawUpperRowShades( cbRowInfo* pRow, wxDC& dc, int level );
-	virtual void DrawLowerRowShades( cbRowInfo* pRow, wxDC& dc, int level );
-
-	virtual void DrawBarInnerShadeRect( cbBarInfo* pBar, wxDC& dc );
-
-	virtual void DrawShade( int level, wxRect& rect, int alignment, wxDC& dc );
-	virtual void DrawShade1( int level, wxRect& rect, int alignment, wxDC& dc );
-
-	inline void SetLightPixel( int x, int y, wxDC& dc );
-	inline void SetDarkPixel ( int x, int y, wxDC& dc );
-
-public:
-	cbPaneDrawPlugin(void);
-
-	cbPaneDrawPlugin( wxFrameLayout* pPanel, int paneMask = wxALL_PANES );
-
-	virtual ~cbPaneDrawPlugin();
-
-	virtual cbPluginBase* Clone() { return new cbPaneDrawPlugin(0,0); }
-
-	// handlers for plugin-events
-
-	void OnLButtonDown( cbLeftDownEvent&   event );
-	void OnLDblClick  ( cbLeftDClickEvent& event );
-	void OnLButtonUp  ( cbLeftUpEvent&     event );
-	void OnRButtonUp  ( cbRightUpEvent&    event );
-	void OnMouseMove  ( cbMotionEvent&     event );
-
-	void OnDrawPaneBackground ( cbDrawPaneBkGroundEvent& event );
-	void OnDrawPaneDecorations( cbDrawPaneDecorEvent&    event );
-
-	void OnDrawRowDecorations ( cbDrawRowDecorEvent&     event );
-	void OnDrawRowHandles     ( cbDrawRowHandlesEvent&   event );
-	void OnDrawRowBackground  ( cbDrawRowBkGroundEvent&  event );
-							  
-	void OnSizeBarWindow      ( cbSizeBarWndEvent&       event );
-	void OnDrawBarDecorations ( cbDrawBarDecorEvent&     event );
-	void OnDrawBarHandles     ( cbDrawBarHandlesEvent&   event );
-
-	void OnStartDrawInArea    ( cbStartDrawInAreaEvent&  event );
-	void OnFinishDrawInArea   ( cbFinishDrawInAreaEvent& event );
-
-	DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif /* __PANEDRAWPL_G__ */
-